US20130070452A1 - Lead frame, wiring board, light emitting unit, and illuminating apparatus - Google Patents

Lead frame, wiring board, light emitting unit, and illuminating apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130070452A1
US20130070452A1 US13/641,483 US201113641483A US2013070452A1 US 20130070452 A1 US20130070452 A1 US 20130070452A1 US 201113641483 A US201113641483 A US 201113641483A US 2013070452 A1 US2013070452 A1 US 2013070452A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
light emitting
heat transfer
emitting unit
led chip
metal plate
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US13/641,483
Other versions
US8967827B2 (en
Inventor
Yoji Urano
Ryoji Yokotani
Ikko Kuzuhara
Kenichiro Tanaka
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Panasonic Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2010125097A external-priority patent/JP2011249737A/en
Priority claimed from JP2011072774A external-priority patent/JP2012209366A/en
Priority claimed from JP2011072772A external-priority patent/JP5011441B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2011072773A external-priority patent/JP5011442B1/en
Application filed by Panasonic Corp filed Critical Panasonic Corp
Assigned to PANASONIC CORPORATION reassignment PANASONIC CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KUZUHARA, IKKO, TANAKA, KENICHIRO, URANO, YOJI, YOKOTANI, RYOJI
Publication of US20130070452A1 publication Critical patent/US20130070452A1/en
Assigned to PANASONIC INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CO., LTD. reassignment PANASONIC INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CO., LTD. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: PANASONIC CORPORATION
Publication of US8967827B2 publication Critical patent/US8967827B2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Assigned to PANASONIC INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CO., LTD. reassignment PANASONIC INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CO., LTD. CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ERRONEOUSLY FILED APPLICATION NUMBERS 13/384239, 13/498734, 14/116681 AND 14/301144 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 034194 FRAME 0143. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT. Assignors: PANASONIC CORPORATION
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00—Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02—Details
    • H05K1/0201—Thermal arrangements, e.g. for cooling, heating or preventing overheating
    • H05K1/0203—Cooling of mounted components
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/64—Heat extraction or cooling elements
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21K—NON-ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES USING LUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING ELECTROCHEMILUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING CHARGES OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL; LIGHT SOURCES USING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AS LIGHT-GENERATING ELEMENTS; LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21K9/00—Light sources using semiconductor devices as light-generating elements, e.g. using light-emitting diodes [LED] or lasers
    • F21K9/20—Light sources comprising attachment means
    • F21K9/27—Retrofit light sources for lighting devices with two fittings for each light source, e.g. for substitution of fluorescent tubes
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21K—NON-ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES USING LUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING ELECTROCHEMILUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING CHARGES OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL; LIGHT SOURCES USING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AS LIGHT-GENERATING ELEMENTS; LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21K9/00—Light sources using semiconductor devices as light-generating elements, e.g. using light-emitting diodes [LED] or lasers
    • F21K9/90—Methods of manufacture
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21V—FUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V19/00—Fastening of light sources or lamp holders
    • F21V19/001—Fastening of light sources or lamp holders the light sources being semiconductors devices, e.g. LEDs
    • F21V19/003—Fastening of light source holders, e.g. of circuit boards or substrates holding light sources
    • F21V19/004—Fastening of light source holders, e.g. of circuit boards or substrates holding light sources by deformation of parts or snap action mountings, e.g. using clips
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/93—Batch processes
    • H01L24/95—Batch processes at chip-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a plurality of singulated devices, i.e. on diced chips
    • H01L24/97—Batch processes at chip-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a plurality of singulated devices, i.e. on diced chips the devices being connected to a common substrate, e.g. interposer, said common substrate being separable into individual assemblies after connecting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00—Printed circuits
    • H05K1/18—Printed circuits structurally associated with non-printed electric components
    • H05K1/181—Printed circuits structurally associated with non-printed electric components associated with surface mounted components
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21K—NON-ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES USING LUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING ELECTROCHEMILUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING CHARGES OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL; LIGHT SOURCES USING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AS LIGHT-GENERATING ELEMENTS; LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21K9/00—Light sources using semiconductor devices as light-generating elements, e.g. using light-emitting diodes [LED] or lasers
    • F21K9/20—Light sources comprising attachment means
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21V—FUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00—Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/50—Cooling arrangements
    • F21V29/70—Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks
    • F21V29/74—Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks with fins or blades
    • F21V29/76—Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks with fins or blades with essentially identical parallel planar fins or blades, e.g. with comb-like cross-section
    • F21V29/767—Cooling arrangements characterised by passive heat-dissipating elements, e.g. heat-sinks with fins or blades with essentially identical parallel planar fins or blades, e.g. with comb-like cross-section the planes containing the fins or blades having directions perpendicular to the light emitting axis
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21Y—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2103/00—Elongate light sources, e.g. fluorescent tubes
    • F21Y2103/10—Elongate light sources, e.g. fluorescent tubes comprising a linear array of point-like light-generating elements
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21Y—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2105/00—Planar light sources
    • F21Y2105/10—Planar light sources comprising a two-dimensional array of point-like light-generating elements
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21Y—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2107/00—Light sources with three-dimensionally disposed light-generating elements
    • F21Y2107/90—Light sources with three-dimensionally disposed light-generating elements on two opposite sides of supports or substrates
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21—LIGHTING
    • F21Y—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00—Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10—Light-emitting diodes [LED]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
    • H01L2224/45099—Material
    • H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
    • H01L2224/45117—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 400°C and less than 950°C
    • H01L2224/45124—Aluminium (Al) as principal constituent
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
    • H01L2224/45099—Material
    • H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
    • H01L2224/45138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
    • H01L2224/45139—Silver (Ag) as principal constituent
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/45001—Core members of the connector
    • H01L2224/45099—Material
    • H01L2224/451—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof
    • H01L2224/45138—Material with a principal constituent of the material being a metal or a metalloid, e.g. boron (B), silicon (Si), germanium (Ge), arsenic (As), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te) and polonium (Po), and alloys thereof the principal constituent melting at a temperature of greater than or equal to 950°C and less than 1550°C
    • H01L2224/45144—Gold (Au) as principal constituent
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/4805—Shape
    • H01L2224/4809—Loop shape
    • H01L2224/48091—Arched
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/481—Disposition
    • H01L2224/48135—Connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip
    • H01L2224/48137—Connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip the bodies being arranged next to each other, e.g. on a common substrate
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/481—Disposition
    • H01L2224/48151—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/48221—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/48225—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
    • H01L2224/48227—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation connecting the wire to a bond pad of the item
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/481—Disposition
    • H01L2224/48151—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/48221—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/48225—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
    • H01L2224/48227—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation connecting the wire to a bond pad of the item
    • H01L2224/48228—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation connecting the wire to a bond pad of the item the bond pad being disposed in a recess of the surface of the item
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/49—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of a plurality of wire connectors
    • H01L2224/491—Disposition
    • H01L2224/4911—Disposition the connectors being bonded to at least one common bonding area, e.g. daisy chain
    • H01L2224/49113—Disposition the connectors being bonded to at least one common bonding area, e.g. daisy chain the connectors connecting different bonding areas on the semiconductor or solid-state body to a common bonding area outside the body, e.g. converging wires
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/49—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of a plurality of wire connectors
    • H01L2224/491—Disposition
    • H01L2224/4912—Layout
    • H01L2224/49171—Fan-out arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/73—Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/10, H01L2224/18, H01L2224/26, H01L2224/34, H01L2224/42, H01L2224/50, H01L2224/63, H01L2224/71
    • H01L2224/732—Location after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/73251—Location after the connecting process on different surfaces
    • H01L2224/73265—Layer and wire connectors
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/44—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process
    • H01L24/45—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors prior to the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
    • H01L25/03—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L25/04—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L25/075—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L33/00
    • H01L25/0753—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L33/00 the devices being arranged next to each other
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/0001—Technical content checked by a classifier
    • H01L2924/00011—Not relevant to the scope of the group, the symbol of which is combined with the symbol of this group
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/0001—Technical content checked by a classifier
    • H01L2924/00014—Technical content checked by a classifier the subject-matter covered by the group, the symbol of which is combined with the symbol of this group, being disclosed without further technical details
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11—Device type
    • H01L2924/12—Passive devices, e.g. 2 terminal devices
    • H01L2924/1203—Rectifying Diode
    • H01L2924/12035—Zener diode
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11—Device type
    • H01L2924/12—Passive devices, e.g. 2 terminal devices
    • H01L2924/1204—Optical Diode
    • H01L2924/12041—LED
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11—Device type
    • H01L2924/12—Passive devices, e.g. 2 terminal devices
    • H01L2924/1204—Optical Diode
    • H01L2924/12042—LASER
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/181—Encapsulation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/483—Containers
    • H01L33/486—Containers adapted for surface mounting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48—Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/62—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the semiconductor body, e.g. lead-frames, wire-bonds or solder balls
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00—Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02—Details
    • H05K1/0271—Arrangements for reducing stress or warp in rigid printed circuit boards, e.g. caused by loads, vibrations or differences in thermal expansion
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00—Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02—Details
    • H05K1/03—Use of materials for the substrate
    • H05K1/05—Insulated conductive substrates, e.g. insulated metal substrate
    • H05K1/056—Insulated conductive substrates, e.g. insulated metal substrate the metal substrate being covered by an organic insulating layer
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to printed circuits covered by H05K1/00
    • H05K2201/10—Details of components or other objects attached to or integrated in a printed circuit board
    • H05K2201/10007—Types of components
    • H05K2201/10106—Light emitting diode [LED]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/10—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern
    • H05K3/20—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern by affixing prefabricated conductor pattern
    • H05K3/202—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern by affixing prefabricated conductor pattern using self-supporting metal foil pattern
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P70/00—Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
    • Y02P70/50—Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10S362/00—Illumination
    • Y10S362/80—Light emitting diode

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a lead frame, a wiring board, a light emitting unit, and an illuminating apparatus.
  • a lead frame for use in the manufacture of a light-emitting device using an LED chip has been suggested (for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-93470; Patent Document 1).
  • This Patent Document 1 describes, as shown in FIG. 60 , a light emitting device 100 including a heat sink 160 , an LED chip 161 mounted on the heat sink 160 , a pair of lead sections 330 electrically connected by bonding wires 164 a , 164 b to the LED chip 161 and the heat sink 160 , respectively, a resin package 400 that integrally supports the heat sink 100 and the lead sections 330 and allows the LED chip 161 to be exposed on the front surface side, and an attachment lens 560 that is mounted so as to cover the front surface side of the resin package 400 through a light-transmitting resin section 550 .
  • Patent Document 1 also describes the configuration shown in FIG. 61 as the lead frame 300 that is used in the manufacture of the light emitting device 100 shown in FIG. 60 .
  • the lead frame 300 is obtained by integrally forming a pair of elongated parallel frame sections 310 that are formed parallel to each other, connection frame sections 320 that are disposed equidistantly in the longitudinal direction of the parallel frame sections 310 and connect the opposing parallel frame sections 310 to each other, a pair of lead sections 330 that extend in the directions such as to approach each other from the center portion of the mutually adjacent connection frame sections 320 and are formed such that the end portions thereof face each other at a predetermined distance from each other, and support frame sections 340 that extend from the pair of parallel frame sections 310 toward the end portions of the respective lead sections 330 .
  • an illumination fixture L which includes, as shown in FIG. 62A and FIG. 62B , a light source device 101 , a power supply device 102 that supplies operation power to the light source device 101 , and a fixture body 103 that accommodates the light source device and the power supply device (Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-35890; Patent Document 2).
  • the light source device 101 includes a light source block BK and a case 106 accommodating the light source block BK.
  • the light source block BK as shown in FIG. 63 , is provided with an elongated printed substrate 110 in which a wiring pattern 111 is formed on one surface side (front surface side) and a plurality of light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L that are surface mounted by reflow soldering on the wiring pattern 111 of the printed substrate 110 .
  • the printed substrate 110 is a one-surface mounting substrate formed in an elongated rectangular shape.
  • Three through holes 110 a for connection to output power supply lines 107 a to 107 c (see FIG. 62A ) of the power supply device 102 to the wiring pattern 111 are provided through the printed substrate at the left end side.
  • screw holes 110 b for screwing fixing screws S 1 (see FIG. 62 ) serving to fix the printed substrate 110 to the fixture body 103 are provided at both end portions and a center portion in the longitudinal direction of the printed substrate 110 .
  • a paper-based copper-stretched layer plate such as a paper-based epoxy resin copper-stretched layer plate, a glass cloth-based copper-stretched layer plate such as a glass cloth-based epoxy resin copper-stretched layer plate, and a glass nonwoven fabric-based copper-stretched layer plate such as a glass nonwoven fabric-based epoxy resin copper-stretched layer plate are described as materials for the printed substrate 110 .
  • the wiring pattern 111 to which the light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L are connected is formed on the front surface side of the printed substrate 110 .
  • the wiring pattern 111 is formed using a conductive material such as a copper foil.
  • a series circuit of the light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 F is connected in parallel in the forward direction with a series circuit of the light emitting diodes 4 G to 4 L.
  • solder resist 112 for preventing the solder from adhering to the portions that are not necessary for connection is formed in the wiring pattern 111 .
  • the light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L are surface mounted on the printed substrate 110 , and this mounting is performed by reflow soldering.
  • the printed substrate 110 is passed through a reflow furnace, since the thermal expansion coefficient of the wiring pattern 111 is lower than that of the printed substrate 110 , thermal expansion on the front surface side of the printed substrate 110 is inhibited due to the difference in these thermal expansion coefficients, and a force causing warping toward the front surface side is generated in the printed substrate 110 .
  • the warping preventing section 113 of a shape substantially identical to that of the wiring pattern 111 is formed on the rear surface side of the above-described printed substrate 110 , thermal expansion is also inhibited on the rear surface side of the printed substrate 110 due to the difference in thermal expansion coefficient between the warping preventing section 113 and the printed substrate 110 , and a force causing warping toward the rear surface side is generated in the printed substrate 110 . As a result, thermal expansion in the printed substrate 110 is inhibited at both surfaces (front surface and rear surface).
  • the warping caused by the difference in thermal expansion coefficient between the wiring pattern 111 and the printed substrate 110 and the warping caused by the difference in thermal expansion coefficient between the warping preventing section 113 and the printed substrate 110 are mutually compensated and eliminated, and warping of the printed substrate 110 is reduced.
  • warping is also caused by temperature variations occurring when the temperature of the printed substrate 110 drops, but warping of the printed substrate 110 is reduced for the same reasons as described hereinabove.
  • the case 106 where the light source block BK is accommodated is formed in an elongated box-like shape with an open lower surface by using a light-transmitting synthetic resin such as an acrylic resin.
  • Support pieces 106 a , 106 a for supporting the printed substrate 110 accommodated inside the case 106 are provided integrally in a protruding condition at the lower end edges at both inner side surfaces in the longitudinal direction of the case.
  • the interior of the case 106 of the light source device 101 is filled with a sealing material P made of a light-transmitting resin such as a silicon resin and the resin is heated and cured in order to cause the entire case 106 to emit light and to improve heat radiation ability and waterproofing ability of the light source block BK.
  • a sealing material P made of a light-transmitting resin such as a silicon resin and the resin is heated and cured in order to cause the entire case 106 to emit light and to improve heat radiation ability and waterproofing ability of the light source block BK.
  • Patent Document 2 indicates that a section obtained by coating the ink for silk printing so as to cover the entire surface on the rear surface side of the printed substrate 110 by silk printing (silk screen printing) can be used as an antireflection section 113 . Further, Patent Document 2 also indicates that a section formed so as to cover the entire surface on the rear surface side of the printed substrate 110 by using a metal material identical to that of the wiring pattern 111 or having a thermal expansion coefficient substantially identical to that of the wiring pattern 111 may be used as the warping preventing section 113 . It is also indicated that in this case, the heat radiation ability of heat-generating parts such as light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L mounted on the printed substrate 110 can be increased.
  • a light source device configured as shown in FIG. 65 has been suggested as a surface light source using a visible light emitting diode chip (visible light LED chip) (Japanese Patent Application Publication No. H11-162233: Patent Document 3).
  • the light source device configured as shown in FIG. 65 includes a first visible light LED chip 103 , a first translucent substrate 161 having the first visible light LED chip 103 mounted thereon, and a first translucent electrode 171 that is provided on the first translucent substrate 161 and supplies power to the first visible light LED chip 103 .
  • This light source device also includes a second visible light LED chip 104 , a second translucent substrate 162 disposed opposite the mounting surface side of the first translucent substrate 161 and having the second visible light LED chip 104 mounted thereon, and a second translucent electrode 172 provided on the second translucent substrate 162 and supplying power to the second visible light LED chip 104 .
  • the attachment substrate 604 has an elongated thin band-like shape, and an extruded aluminum material is used therefor.
  • a plurality of LED light emitting bodies 603 are arranged with a predetermined spacing, as shown in FIG. 66 and FIG. 67 .
  • the desirable light power cannot be obtained with one light emitting device 100 .
  • a configuration is considered in which a plurality of light emitting devices 100 are mounted on one wiring board and LED units (light emitting unit) are connected, for example, in series.
  • a metal base printed wiring board can be used as the wiring board in order to inhibit the increase in temperature of the LED chip 161 in the light emitting device 100 and increase the light output.
  • a pair of lead sections 330 of each light emitting device 100 may be soldered to the wiring pattern formed of a copper foil pattern of the metal base printed wiring board of the wiring board.
  • a heat sink 160 should be assembled for each light emitting device 100 , a metal base printed wiring board is required, and each light emitting device 100 should be aligned and mounted on the metal base printed wiring board. As a result, the cost is increased.
  • a light emitting unit such as the above-described light source block BK
  • warping of the printed substrate 110 can be reduced.
  • the heat generated by the light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L is radiated through the printed substrate 110 . Therefore, for example, when the light output of the entire light source block BK is increased by increasing the light output of each of light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L, the increase in temperature of the light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L cannot be sufficiently inhibited.
  • the above-described light source block BK there is a possibility that a restriction is placed on the increase in light output.
  • the heat generated by the LED light emitting body 603 is apparently mainly radiated through the wiring board 608 and the attachment substrate 604 . Therefore, in the light emitting unit body 602 and the illuminating apparatus 600 , when the light output of the entire light emitting unit body 602 and the entire illuminating apparatus 600 is increased by increasing the light output of the LED light emitting body 603 , the increase in temperature of the LED light emitting body 603 cannot be sufficiently inhibited. As a result, in the above-mentioned light emitting unit body 602 and illuminating apparatus 600 , there is a possibility that a restriction is placed on the increase in light output.
  • the present invention has been created to resolve the above-described problems and it is an object thereof to provide a lead frame and a wiring board that make it possible to increase the light output and reduce cost of a light emitting unit in which a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements connected in series are used and also to provide a light emitting unit and an illuminating apparatus that make it possible to increase the light output.
  • a lead frame of the present invention is formed using a metal sheet and in the lead frame, a predetermined wiring pattern is supported inside of a one-pitch outer frame section through a support piece, wherein the wiring pattern comprises a plurality of base units, each of which comprises a die pad on which a solid-state light emitting element is mounted, a heat sink that extends from the die pad so as to surround the die pad and that is electrically connected to one electrode of the solid-state light emitting element, and a lead that is electrically connected to the other electrode of the solid-state light emitting element, the lead of one base unit among adjacent base units and the heat sink of the other base unit being coupled and electrically connected in series.
  • the wiring pattern comprises a plurality of base units, each of which comprises a die pad on which a solid-state light emitting element is mounted, a heat sink that extends from the die pad so as to surround the die pad and that is electrically connected to one electrode of the solid-state light emitting element, and a lead that is electrically connected to the other
  • the lead be disposed inside a cut-in groove formed toward the die pad from an outer circumferential edge of the heat sink.
  • the plurality of base units are arranged along a lengthwise direction of the outer frame section.
  • the wiring pattern be provided with a wiring that is located lateral to the heat sink across the plurality of base units, and the wiring be connected and electrically connected to the lead of the base unit provided at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section.
  • the pattern be provided with a wiring that is located lateral to the heat sink across the plurality of base units, and the wiring be coupled to and electrically connected to the lead of the base unit provided at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section.
  • the wiring pattern be provided with a wiring that is located lateral to the heat sink across the plurality of base units.
  • the plurality of base units be disposed so as to surround a center of a region surrounded by the outer frame section.
  • the module be provided with, at a side edge of the wiring pattern, a relief structure section that increases adhesion to the holding section.
  • a first plated layer that is formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate and that increases adhesion to the insulating layer be formed on a rear surface of the wiring pattern.
  • a second plated layer that is formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate be formed on a main front surface of a zone electrically connected to the die pad and the solid-state light emitting element.
  • the material for the first metal plate be Cu
  • the second plated layer be formed of a laminated film of a Ni film, a Pd film, and an Au film.
  • the wiring board further comprises a connection piece that connects the lead of the one base unit of the adjacent base units with the heat sink of the other base unit, wherein a space is present between the connection piece and the insulating layer, and the connection piece is provided with a stress relieving section that is bent so as to relieve stresses induced by a difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate and the second metal plate and acting upon the wiring pattern.
  • the solid-state light emitting element is mounted on each of the die pads of the wiring board, the solid-state light emitting element is provided with the one electrode on one surface side of the solid-state light emitting element in a thickness direction and also provided with the other electrode on the other surface side the solid-state light emitting element, the one electrode is electrically connected, through the die pad, to the heat sink, and the other electrode is electrically connected, through a wire, to the lead.
  • the solid-state light emitting element is mounted on each of the die pads of the wiring board, the solid-state light emitting element is provided with the one electrode and the other electrode on one surface side of the solid-state light emitting element in a thickness direction, the one electrode is electrically connected, through a first wire, to the heat sink, and the other electrode is connected, through a second wire, to the lead.
  • the light emitting unit comprises, for each of the base units: a dome-shaped optical member that controls distribution of light emitted from the solid-state light emitting element and accommodates the solid-state light emitting element between the wiring board and the optical member; a sealing section that is formed of a first translucent material, is loaded into a space surrounded by the optical member and the wiring board, and seals the solid-state light emitting element; and a dome-shaped color conversion member that is formed of a second translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of the solid-state light emitting element when excited by light that has been emitted from the solid-state light emitting element and transmitted by the sealing section and the optical member, the color conversion member being provided in the form of surrounding the optical member, wherein the holding section of the wiring board is provided, on the outer side of the optical member, with a protruding annular barrier section that blocks the first translucent material oozing out when the optical member is fixedly attached to the wiring board, and the barrier section
  • the present application also includes an invention relating to a light emitting unit that makes it possible to increase heat radiation ability and also increase the light output.
  • the light emitting unit comprises a mounting substrate; and a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements disposed on one surface side of the mounting substrate, wherein the mounting substrate is provided with a heat transfer plate which is formed of a first metal plate and in which the solid-state light emitting elements are mounted on one surface side of the heat transfer plate, a wiring pattern which is formed of a second metal plate and disposed on the other surface side of the heat transfer plate and to which the solid-state light emitting elements are electrically connected, and an insulating layer interposed between the heat transfer plate and the wiring pattern.
  • the insulating layer include a filler in a thermosetting resin, the filler having a thermal conductivity higher than that of the thermosetting resin.
  • the solid-state light emitting elements are LED chips.
  • the first metal plate be an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate be laminated on a side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the insulating layer, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that differ in refractive index be laminated on the aluminum film.
  • the light emitting unit comprises a color conversion unit that includes a translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of the LED chip when excited by light emitted from the LED chip, wherein the color conversion unit is in contact with the heat transfer plate.
  • each of the LED chips be provided with a first electrode and a second electrode on one surface side of each of the LED chips in a thickness direction, the first electrode and the second electrode be electrically connected, through wires, to the wiring pattern, and the heat transfer plate be formed with through holes for passing the respective wires therethrough.
  • the heat transfer plate have an elongated shape
  • the solid-state light emitting elements be arranged along a longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate
  • an elongated base substrate be provided that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate and is disposed on a side of the wiring pattern that is opposite to the heat transfer plate.
  • the base substrate be formed of a resin substrate in which a filler is mixed with a resin, the filler having a thermal conductivity higher than that of the resin.
  • the base substrate be formed of a third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate, and a second insulating layer made of the same material as that of a first insulating layer, which is the insulating layer, be interposed between the base substrate and the wiring pattern.
  • the present application also includes an invention relating to an illuminating apparatus that makes it possible to increase heat radiation ability and also increase the light output.
  • the illuminating apparatus includes the aforementioned light emitting unit.
  • the present application also includes an invention relating to a light emitting unit and an illuminating apparatus that make it possible to increase heat radiation ability and also increase the light output.
  • the light emitting unit comprises a pair of heat transfer plates formed of a first metal plate and disposed at a distance from each other in a thickness direction; solid-state light emitting elements mounted on one surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates, being on the side opposite to surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates that face each other; a wiring pattern which is formed of a second metal plate and disposed between the pair of heat transfer plates and to which the solid-state light emitting elements are electrically connected; and a pair of insulating layers, each of which is interposed between the wiring pattern and each of the pair of heat transfer plates.
  • the solid-state light emitting elements are LED chips.
  • the first metal plate be an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate be laminated on a side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the insulating layer, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that differ in refractive index be laminated on the aluminum film.
  • the light emitting unit further comprises a color conversion unit that includes a translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of a corresponding LED chip of the LED chips when excited by light emitted from the corresponding LED chip of the LED chips, wherein the color conversion unit is in contact with a corresponding heat transfer plate of the pair of heat transfer plates.
  • a color conversion unit that includes a translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of a corresponding LED chip of the LED chips when excited by light emitted from the corresponding LED chip of the LED chips, wherein the color conversion unit is in contact with a corresponding heat transfer plate of the pair of heat transfer plates.
  • an illuminating apparatus is provided with the light emitting unit.
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic perspective view illustrating one pitch of the lead frame in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 1B is a principal schematic planar view of the lead frame in Embodiment 1;
  • FIG. 1C is a principal schematic planar view of a base unit of the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic planar view illustrating a mounting example of an LED chip on the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic planar view illustrating a mounting example of an LED chip on the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic perspective view of a metal sheet used in the manufacture of the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 5A is a principal schematic planar view of the wiring board in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 5B is a principal schematic planar view of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic perspective view in which part of the LED unit in Embodiment 1 is disassembled and cross cut; and FIG. 7B is a principal schematic planar view of the same part.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view in another configuration example of the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 10B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 11A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 11B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 12A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 12B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 14A is a principal schematic planar view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 14B is a principal schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic planar view illustrating an example in which an LED chip is mounted on another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic perspective view illustrating yet another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 17A is a schematic perspective view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 17B is a principal perspective view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 18A is a schematic perspective view of two pitches of the lead frame in Embodiment 2; and FIG. 18B is a principal schematic planar view of the lead frame in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 19A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2; and FIG. 19B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 20A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2; and FIG. 20B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 26 is a partially broken schematic perspective view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic perspective view of the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 32 is an explanatory drawing illustrating a method for manufacturing the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 35 is a principal schematic cross-sectional view of another configuration example of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic perspective view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the mounting substrate in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 40 is a principal schematic perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 41 is a principal schematic exploded perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 42 is a principal explanatory drawing illustrating the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 43 is a principal schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another configuration example of the light emitting unit of Embodiments 3 to 5.
  • FIG. 46A is a principal schematic perspective view of a two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7; and FIG. 46B is a partially broken principal perspective view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 47 is a schematic perspective view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 50 is a principal perspective view of the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 51 is an explanatory drawing illustrating a method for manufacturing the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 52 is an explanatory drawing illustrating a method for manufacturing the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 53 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another configuration example of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating yet another configuration example of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 57 is a schematic perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 58 is a schematic perspective view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 8.
  • FIG. 59 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 8.
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the conventional light emitting device.
  • FIG. 61 is a schematic planar view of a lead frame used in the manufacture of the conventional light emitting device.
  • FIG. 62A is a partial cross-sectional view of an illumination fixture of the conventional example; and FIG. 62B is a top see-through view of part of the illumination fixture of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 63A is a front surface view of the printed substrate used in the illumination fixture of the conventional example; and FIG. 63B is a rear surface view of the printed substrate used in the illumination fixture of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 64A is a front surface view of the printed substrate with a light emitting diode mounted thereon; and FIG. 64B is a rear surface view of the printed substrate illustrating another example.
  • FIG. 65 is a schematic configuration drawing of a light source device of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 66 is a principal cross-sectional view of the illuminating apparatus of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 67 is a partially cut-out planar view of an attachment substrate in a light-emitting unit body of the conventional example.
  • the pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 is provided with a plurality of base units 233 a (in FIG. 1C , only one base unit 233 a is shown by hatching), each of which includes a die pad 234 on which an LED chip 210 having a pair of electrodes is mounted (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 ), a heat sink 235 that extends from the die pad 234 so as to surround the die pad 234 and that is electrically connected to one electrode among the pair of electrodes of the LED chip 210 , and a lead 236 that is electrically connected to the other electrode among the pair of electrodes of the LED chip 210 .
  • the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are coupled and electrically connected in series.
  • the LED chip 210 constitutes a solid-state light emitting element.
  • the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are connected through a connection piece 237 that is wider than the lead 236 .
  • one electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through a bonding wire 214 , to the heat sink 235 , and the other electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through a bonding wire 214 , to the lead 236 .
  • the bonding wires 214 constitute the wires.
  • the LED chip 210 when an element in which electrodes are provided on both surfaces in the thickness direction of the element is mounted as the LED chip 210 , for example, as shown in FIG. 3 , one electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through the die pad 234 , to the heat sink 235 and the other electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through the bonding wire 214 , to the lead 236 .
  • the number of the base units 233 a per one pitch is eight, but this number is not particularly limited, and a plurality of base units may be used.
  • a plurality of base units 233 a are arranged along the lengthwise direction (left-right direction in FIG. 1B ) of the outer frame section 231 .
  • the pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 is provided with linear wirings 238 located lateral to the heat sink 235 across the plurality of base units 233 a .
  • this wiring 238 is coupled to the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at one end (the base unit 233 a at the left end in FIG. 1A ) in the lengthwise direction (that is, the arrangement direction of the base units 233 a ) of the outer frame section 231 and electrically connected thereto.
  • the above-described lead 236 is disposed inside a cut-in groove 235 a formed toward the die pad 234 from the outer circumferential edge of the heat sink 235 .
  • two leads 236 are provided for each base unit 233 a , and two cut-in grooves 235 a are formed in the heat sink 235 in the directions such as to approach each other and with a shift in the center line positions thereof.
  • One lead 236 from among the two leads 236 , is formed in a linear shape and disposed inside one cut-in groove 235 a .
  • the other lead 236 is constituted by a linear first portion disposed inside the other cut-in groove 235 a and a second part extending from the end on the side opposite to the die pad 234 side in the first portion to the connection piece 237 and disposed along the outer side edge of the heat sink 235 .
  • Copper which has a comparatively high thermal conductivity among metal materials (thermal conductivity of copper is about 398 W/m ⁇ K) is preferred as the material for the metal plate 203 (see FIG. 4 ) that serves as a base for the lead frame 230 , but copper is not a limiting material and, for example, phosphorus bronze may be also used.
  • a copper alloy (for example, 42 Alloy) may be also used as the material for the metal plate 203 .
  • the thickness of the metal plate 203 is, for example, within a range of about 100 ⁇ m to about 1500 ⁇ m. As the thickness of the metal plate 203 increases, the distance between the inner circumferential surface of the cut-in groove 235 a and the outer side edge of the lead 236 increases.
  • the lead 236 may be arranged on the outside of the heat sink 235 , without providing the cut-in groove 235 a in the heat sink 235 .
  • the distance between the LED chip 210 and the lead 236 increases and the total length of the bonding wire 214 also increases. Therefore, for instance as shown in FIG. 1 , it is preferred that the cut-in groove 235 a be provided in the heat sink 235 , and the lead 236 be disposed so as to be introduced into the cut-in groove 235 a.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the state in which the LED chip 210 and the below-described Zener diode ZD are mounted on the wiring board 240 .
  • the wiring board 240 is provided with a module 241 that is formed using the lead frame 230 and that has a pattern 233 that enables series connection of a plurality of LED chips 210 arranged at the side of the main front surface.
  • the wiring board 240 has the pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 that is formed using the metal plate 203 (referred to hereinbelow as the first metal plate 203 ) shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the pattern 233 of the wiring board 240 is provided with a plurality of base units 233 a , each of which comprises the above-described die pad 234 , heat sink 235 , and lead 236 , and the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are coupled and electrically connected in series.
  • the module 241 of the wiring board 240 is provided with a holding section 244 formed of an insulating material and surrounding and holding the die pad 234 , the heat sink 235 , and the lead 236 in each base unit 233 a .
  • the holding section 244 is formed to cover the surface of the pattern 233 , except the respective portions of the die pad 234 , lead 236 , heat sink 235 , and wiring 238 , but it is also possible to expose the entire surface of the pattern 233 , as shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the holding section 244 may be provided in a form such as to expose at least the rear surface of the pattern 233 and the mounting zones of the electronic components (LED chip 210 , Zener diode ZD, the below-described connector CN, and the like).
  • the above-described holding section 244 is formed by injection molding.
  • a material with a small difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate 203 is preferred as the insulating material for the holding section 244 .
  • a liquid crystal polymer is used therefor, but this material is not limited, and for example, other resin materials such as polyamide resins and epoxy resins or ceramics such as alumina may be used.
  • a white material having a high reflectance with respect to the light emitted from the LED chip 210 is preferred as the insulating material for the holding section 244 .
  • the wiring board 240 comprises a second metal plate 242 disposed on the rear surface side of the module 241 and an insulating layer 243 interposed between the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 .
  • the insulating layer 243 has electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity and also has a function of thermally joining the pattern 233 and the second metal plate 242 .
  • the second metal plate 242 functions as a heat radiating plate (heat transfer plate), and a metal material with a high thermal conductivity, such as copper and aluminum, is preferred as the material for the second metal plate 242 .
  • the thickness of the second metal plate 242 may be set, for example, within a range of about 0.5 mm to about 10 mm.
  • the thermal conductivity of aluminum is about 237 W/m ⁇ K.
  • the above-described insulating layer 243 is formed by thermally curing an epoxy resin layer of a thermosetting sheet-shaped adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet TSA manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) in which a plastic film (PET film) is laminated with a B-stage epoxy resin layer including a filling material formed of a filler such as silica or alumina and having a property of reducing the viscosity and increasing the flowability under heating.
  • the epoxy resin layer of the sheet-shaped adhesive features electric insulation ability, a high thermal conductivity, high flowability under heating, and high ability to adhere to a rough surface.
  • thermal resistance from each LED chip 210 to the second metal plate 242 can be reduced, spread in thermal resistance can be also reduced, heat radiation ability can be increased and the increase in temperature of the junctions of the LED chips 210 can be inhibited, compared with the case where a heat radiating sheet in the form of a rubber sheet such as SARCON (registered trade name) is sandwiched between the pattern 233 and the second metal plate 242 . Therefore, the input power can be increased and the light output can be increased.
  • the thickness of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is set to 100 ⁇ m, but this value is merely exemplary and not limited.
  • the thickness of the epoxy resin layer may be set, as appropriate, within a range of about 50 ⁇ m to about 150 ⁇ m.
  • the thermal conductivity of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is preferably equal to or higher than 4 W/m ⁇ K.
  • a pressure may be applied, as appropriate, in a state in which the second metal plate 242 , the epoxy resin layer, and the module 241 are laminated.
  • the epoxy resin layer is cured by raising the heating temperature thereof to about 170° C.
  • the ability of the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 to be fixedly attached to each other can be degraded, and when the curing is performed at a heating temperature reduced to about 150° C., electric insulation between the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 can be degraded.
  • the epoxy resin layers of two sheet-shaped adhesives may be laminated, one epoxy resin layer may be cured at 170° C. to ensure electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity, and then the other epoxy resin layer may be cured at 150° C. to ensure the attachment ability and thermal conductivity. More specifically, after one epoxy resin layer has been attached to one surface of the second metal plate 242 , which is the object, at 170° C., the other epoxy resin layer and the module 241 may be laminated and this other epoxy resin layer may be cured at 150° C.
  • the outer dimensions that determine the outer circumferential shape of the insulating layer 243 and the second metal plate 242 match the outer dimensions of the outer frame section 231 of the lead frame 230 , but such matching is not always necessary.
  • a first plated layer (not shown in the figure) that is formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate 203 and that has high adhesion to the insulating layer 243 is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233 .
  • the material for the first metal plate 203 is Cu, for example, Ni or the like may be used as the material for the first plated layer. Since the first plated layer is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233 in the wiring board 240 , the oxidation and corrosion of the pattern 233 can be inhibited and the degradation of the attachment ability of the pattern 233 and the insulating layer 243 can be also inhibited. As a result, thermal resistance between the die pad 234 and the heat sink 235 and the second metal plate 242 can be prevented from changing with time.
  • a relief structure section 239 (see FIG. 6 ) that increases the adhesion to the holding section 244 is provided on the side edge of the pattern 233 .
  • the relief structure section 239 is formed at the side edge of the pattern 233 during the manufacturing process.
  • the relief structure section 239 is formed by providing steps that reduce the thickness on at least either of both surfaces in the thickness direction of the lead frame 230 .
  • a pressing method or an etching method may be used, as appropriate, for forming such relief structure section 239 .
  • the lead frame 230 is formed by patterning the first metal plate 203 through pressing or etching.
  • the adhesion between the pattern 233 and the holding section 244 can be improved by providing the relief structure section 239 at the side edge of the pattern 233 . Therefore, when the module 241 is cut off from the lead frame 230 , the holding section 244 can be prevented from peeling off or dropping off from the pattern 233 . Further, since the relief structure section 239 is provided at the side edge of the pattern 233 in the wiring board 240 , the creeping distance between the second metal plate 242 and the LED chip 210 mounted on the die pad 234 can be increased.
  • a second plated layer 247 (see FIG. 10B ) formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate 203 is formed on the respective main surfaces of a zone electrically connected to the die pad 234 and the LED chip 210 (the distal end portion of the lead 236 to which the bonding wire 214 can be joined), a zone where a Zener diode ZD can be mounted, and a zone where the below-described connector CN for power supply can be mounted.
  • the decrease in adhesion to the LED chip 210 , Zener diode ZD, and connector CN caused by the oxidation of the pattern 233 and the decrease in attachment ability of the LED chip 210 , Zener diode ZD, and connector CN caused by the corrosion of the pattern 233 can be inhibited.
  • the material for the first metal plate 203 is Cu
  • the second plated layer 247 is constituted, for example, by a laminated film of a Ni layer, a Pd layer, and an Au layer, part of the light emitted from the LED chip 210 can be reflected by the second plated layer 247 and the efficiency of taking the light out to the outside is increased.
  • a third plated layer (not shown in the figure) constituted by a Ni film formed simultaneously with the Ni film that is the lowermost layer of the second plated layer 247 is formed on the zone on the main surface side of the pattern 233 where the second plated layer 247 has not been formed.
  • the second metal plate 242 is formed in the elongated plate shape.
  • the second metal plate 242 may be provided with a plurality of fins on the side opposite to the module 241 .
  • the fins in this case may be formed along the longitudinal direction of the second metal plate 242 and may be arranged with the same pitch in the lateral direction of the second metal plate 242 .
  • the LED chip 210 is mounted on each die pad 234 of the above-described wiring board 240 .
  • the LED chip 210 is provided with a pair of electrodes 211 , 212 (see FIG. 6 ) at one surface side in the thickness direction.
  • One electrode 211 is electrically connected to the lead 236 through the bonding wire 214
  • the other electrode 212 is electrically connected to the heat sink 235 through the bonding wire 214 .
  • the electrodes may be also formed on both surfaces of the LED chip 210 in the thickness direction. In this case, one electrode may be electrically connected to the heat sink 235 through the die pad 234 , and the other electrode may be electrically connected to the lead 236 through the bonding wire (see FIG. 3 ).
  • a Zener diode ZD of a surface mounting type for overvoltage prevention is disposed across the heat sink 235 and the lead 236 that is not bonded by the bonding wire 214 .
  • the Zener diode ZN is electrically connected to the heat sink 235 and the lead 236 .
  • the Zener diode ZD is electrically connected by joining a pair of outer connection electrodes of the Zener diode ZD, through soldering or the like, to the second plated layers 247 of the heat sink 235 and the lead 236 .
  • an optical member 260 that controls the distribution of light emitted from the LED chip 210 is provided for each base unit 233 a of the pattern 233 .
  • the optical member 260 is formed in a dome-like shape from a translucent material and fixedly attached to the main front surface side of the wiring board 240 in the form such that the LED chip 210 is accommodated between the wiring board 240 and the optical member.
  • the LED chip 210 and a sealing section 255 formed of a first translucent material and sealing the bonding wire 214 electrically connected to the LED chip 210 are loaded into the space surrounded by the optical member 260 and the wiring board 240 .
  • the sealing section 255 uses, for example, a silicone resin as the first translucent material and is in the form of a gel.
  • the LED unit 250 is also provided with a fluorescent material that is excited by the light emitted from the LED chip 210 and transmitted by the sealing section 255 and the optical member 260 and emits light of a color different from that of the light emitted by the LED chip 210 , and a dome-shaped color conversion member 270 formed of a second translucent material.
  • the color conversion member 270 is provided in the form of surrounding the LED chip 210 and the like between the wiring board 240 and the color conversion member on the main front surface side of the wiring board 240 .
  • the color conversion member 270 is provided such that an air layer 280 is formed between the color conversion member and the light outgoing surface 260 b of the optical member 260 at the abovementioned one surface side of the wiring board 240 .
  • an annular barrier section 245 that blocks the first translucent material that oozes out when the optical member 260 is fixedly attached to the wiring board 240 is provided in a protruding condition on the outer side of the optical member 260 at the abovementioned one surface.
  • a plurality of (four in the present embodiment) hook sections 246 that extend inward from the inner circumferential surface of the barrier section 245 and that align the center of the barrier section 245 and the center axis of the optical member 260 are arranged at a distance from each other in the circumferential direction and also serve as alignment sections for the color conversion member 270 .
  • the above-described LED unit 250 comprises the base unit 233 a , the holding section 244 , the LED chip 210 , and the light-emitting device 201 constituted by the sealing section 255 , the optical member 260 , and the color conversion member 270 for each base unit 233 a , and the light emitting devices 201 adjacent in the arrangement direction of the base units 233 a are coupled to each other through the connection piece 237 and electrically connected in series.
  • the LED chip 210 is a GaN blue LED chip emitting blue light. This chip is fabricated by epitaxially growing a light emitting section formed of a GaN compound semiconductor material on the main front surface side of a crystal growth substrate and formed of a laminated structural section having, for example, a double-hetero structure, then fixedly attaching a support substrate (for example, a Si substrate or the like) that will support the light emitting section to the light emitting section, and then removing the crystal growth substrate.
  • the structure of the LED chip 210 is not particularly limited.
  • a configuration may be used in which the light emitting section is provided on the main front surface side of the crystal growth substrate formed of an n-type SiC substrate or an n-type GaN substrate and electrodes are provided on both surfaces in the thickness direction.
  • Each electrode is constituted, for example, by a laminated film of a Ni film and an Au film, but those materials are not particularly limited, and any material with good ohmic characteristic may be used. For example, aluminum may be used.
  • the LED chip 210 When the LED chip 210 is provided with a support substrate such as the above-mentioned Si substrate, or when a SiC substrate or a GaN substrate is used, thermal resistance from the light emitting section to the die pad 234 can be reduced by comparison with the case in which a sapphire substrate, which is an electric insulator, is used and left as the crystal growth substrate.
  • the light emitted from the LED chip 210 is not limited to the blue light and may be, for example, violet light and ultraviolet light.
  • the LED chip 210 is mounted on the die pad 234 of the wiring board 240 .
  • the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be radiated via the die pad 234 , the insulating layer 243 , and the second metal plate 242 .
  • the LED chip 210 may be also mounted on the die pad 234 through a sub-mount member 215 relieving the stresses acting upon the LED chip 210 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the LED chip 210 and the die pad 234 .
  • the sub-mount member 215 is formed in a rectangular plate shape with a planar size larger than the chip size of the LED chip 210 .
  • the sub-mount member 215 also has a heat conduction function of causing the conduction of heat generated in the LED chip 210 within a range wider than the chip size of the LED chip 210 in the base unit 233 a . Therefore, in the LED unit 250 , the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be efficiently radiated through the sub-mount member 215 , the base unit 233 a , and the second metal plate 242 . Further, by providing the light emitting device 201 with the sub-mount member 215 , it is possible to relieve the stresses acting upon the LED chip 210 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the LED chip 210 and the die pad 234 .
  • AlN that has a comparatively high thermal conductivity and electric insulation ability is used as a material for the sub-mount member 215 .
  • the LED chip 210 and the sub-mount member 215 may be joined by using, for example, a solder such as SnPb, AuSn, and SnAgCu, or a silver paste, but it is preferred that the joining be performed by using a lead-free solder such as AuSn and SnAgCu.
  • a pretreatment of forming a metal layer made of Au or Ag should be perfumed in advance on the joining surfaces of the sub-mount member 215 and the LED chip 210 .
  • the sub-mount member 215 and the die pad 234 be joined using a lead-free solder such as AuSn and SnAgCu.
  • a pretreatment of forming a metal layer made of Au or Ag should be perfumed in advance on the joining surface of the die pad 234 .
  • the material for the sub-mount member 215 is not limited to AlN, and any material with a comparatively small difference in linear expansion coefficient with the LED chip 210 and a comparatively high thermal conductivity can be used.
  • SiC composite, Si, CuW, or the like may be used.
  • the thickness of the sub-mount member 215 is preferably set such that the surface of the sub-mount member 215 is farther from the base unit 233 a than the surface of the barrier section 245 of the wiring board 240 . Where such thickness of the sub-mount member 215 is set, the light radiated sideways from the LED chip 210 can be prevented from being absorbed by the holding section 244 through the inner circumferential surface of the barrier section 245 .
  • a reflective film that reflects light emitted from the LED chip 210 is formed around a jointing section of the LED chip 210 and the sub-mount member 215 (that is, a section that overlaps the LED chip 210 ) on the surface of the sub-mount member on the side where the LED chip 210 is to be joined.
  • the absorption of the light emitted from the side surface of the LED chip 210 by the sub-mount member 215 can be prevented and the light take-out efficiency can be further increased.
  • the reflective film on the sub-mount member 215 may be constituted, for example, by a laminated film of a Ni film and an Ag film, but the material for the reflective film is not particularly limited and may be selected, as appropriate, for example, according to the light emission wavelength of the LED chip 210 .
  • a conductive pattern that is electrically connected to the electrode disposed in the LED chip 210 on the sub-mount member 215 side may be provided at the sub-mount member 215 , and the conductive pattern may be electrically connected to the heat sink 235 through a bonding wire formed of a fine metal wire (for example, a fine gold wire or a fine aluminum wire).
  • the holding section 244 of the wiring board 240 is provided for each base unit 233 a .
  • a round first opening 244 a (see FIG. 5B ) through which the die pad 234 and parts of the leads 236 are exposed and a rectangular second opening 244 b (see FIG. 5B ) through which a zone for mounting the Zener diode ZD is exposed are formed in the center of the holding section 244 .
  • the second opening 244 b is formed such that part of the lead frame 236 in the zone disposed along the outer circumferential edge of the heat sink 235 and a zone of the heat sink 235 close to this part of the lead frame 236 are exposed.
  • a rectangular third opening 244 c (see FIG.
  • This third opening 244 c is formed such that part of the wiring 238 and a zone of the heat sink 235 close to this part of the wiring 238 are exposed.
  • a second plated layer 247 formed of a laminated film of a Ni film, a Pd film, and an Au film is also formed on the zones exposed through the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c on the front surface side of the pattern 233 .
  • a third plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on a zone other than a zone where the second plated layer 247 is formed on the front surface side of the pattern 233 .
  • a silicone resin is used as the first translucent material for the above-described sealing section 255 , but the silicone resin is not a limiting material and, for example, an acrylic resin may be used. Glass may be also used as the first translucent material.
  • the optical member 260 is a molded article from a translucent material (for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, or glass) that is formed in a dome-like shape.
  • the optical member 260 is constituted by a molded article from a silicone resin, and therefore the differences in refractive index and linear expansion coefficient between the optical member 260 and the sealing section 255 can be reduced.
  • the material for the sealing section 255 is an acrylic resin, it is preferred that the optical member 260 be also formed of the acrylic resin.
  • the light outgoing surface 260 b is formed in a convex curved shape such that the light falling from a light incidence surface 260 a does not undergo total reflection at the boundary of the light outgoing surface 260 b and the above-described air layer 280 , and the light outgoing surface 260 b is disposed such that the optical axes thereof and the LED chip 210 coincide. Therefore, the light that is emitted from the LED chip 210 and falls on the light incidence surface 260 a of the optical member 260 easily reaches the color conversion member 270 , without undergoing total reflection at the boundary of the light outgoing surface 260 b and the air layer 280 , and the total light flux can be increased.
  • the light emitted from the side surface of the LED chip 210 propagates through the sealing section 255 , the optical member 260 , and the air layer 280 , reaches the color conversion member 270 and excites the fluorescent material of the color conversion member 270 , or is scattered by the fluorescent material, or is transmitted by the color conversion member 270 , without colliding with the fluorescent material.
  • the optical member 260 is formed to have a uniform thickness along the normal direction, regardless of the position.
  • the color conversion member 270 is constituted by a molded article of a mixture prepared by mixing a second translucent material such as a silicone resin with particles of a yellow fluorescent material that emits light of a board yellow system when excited by the blue light emitted from the LED chip 210 . Therefore, in the LED unit 250 , the blue light emitted from the LED chip 210 and the light emitted from the yellow fluorescent material are emitted through an outer surface 270 b of the color conversion member 270 and thereby white light can be obtained.
  • a second translucent material such as a silicone resin
  • the second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 270 is not limited to the silicone resin and may be, for example, an acrylic resin, glass, or an organic-inorganic hybrid material prepared by mixing and bonding organic and inorganic components at a nanometer level or molecular level.
  • the particles of the fluorescent material mixed with the second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 270 are not limited to the yellow fluorescent material.
  • white light can be also obtained by mixing a red fluorescent material and a green fluorescent material, and when the red fluorescent material and green fluorescent material are mixed together, color rendering ability can be increased.
  • the inner surface 270 a of the color conversion member 270 is formed to follow the shape of the light outgoing surface 260 b of the optical member 260 . Therefore, the distance between the light outgoing surface 260 b and the inner surface 270 a of the color conversion member 270 in the normal direction is substantially constant, regardless of the position of the light outgoing surface 260 b of the optical member 260 . Further, the color conversion member 270 is formed such that the thickness thereof in the normal direction is uniform, regardless of the position.
  • the end edge (circumferential edge of the opening) of the color conversion member 270 on the wiring board 240 side may be fixedly attached to the wiring board 240 , for example, with an adhesive (for example, a silicone resin, an epoxy resin, or the like).
  • the barrier section 245 also serves as an alignment section for the color conversion member 270 .
  • the number of the abovementioned hook sections 246 for centering is not limited to four, but it is preferred that the number thereof be at least three. Further, a small width of the hook sections 246 is preferred from the standpoint of increasing the allowed amount of the first translucent material that can remain between the barrier section 245 and the optical member 260 . It is also possible to provide an annular concave groove for positioning the color conversion member 270 in the wiring board 240 , without providing the barrier section 245 .
  • a notched section 271 (see FIG. 8 ) that engages with the barrier section 245 is formed along the entire circumference in the end edge of the color conversion member on the wiring board 240 side. Therefore, in the light emitting device 201 of the present embodiment, the accuracy of positioning the color conversion member 270 with respect to the holding section 244 of the wiring board 240 can be increased and the gap between the color conversion member 270 and the optical member 260 can be reduced.
  • the notched section 271 is open at the end edge side of the color conversion member 270 and at the inner surface 270 a side.
  • a connector CN is mounted on the light emitting device 201 (light emitting device 201 at the left end in FIG. 7A ) that is provided with the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned one end in the arrangement direction of the plurality of base units 233 a , from among the plurality of light emitting devices 201 of the LED unit 250 , and further a connector CN is also mounted on the light emitting device 201 (light emitting device 201 at the right end in FIG. 7A ) that is provided with the base unit 233 a at the above-mentioned other end, from among the plurality of light emitting devices 201 of the LED unit 250 .
  • each connector CN is of a surface mounting type, and one contact from a pair of contacts of each connector CN is joined and electrically connected, through soldering, to the heat sink 235 , and the other contact from the pair of contacts is joined and electrically connected, through soldering, to the wiring 238 .
  • a pair of electric cables 290 is provided, at one end of the pair of electric cables 290 , with a connector (referred to hereinbelow as an output connector) 291 detachably connected to the connector CN of the light emitting device 201 at the right end of the LED unit 250 , and a connector (referred to hereinbelow as input connector) 292 provided at the other end of the pair of electric cables 290 is connected to a connector in the output terminal of a lighting device (not shown in the figure), power can be supplied from the lighting device to the series circuit of the LED chips 210 of the LED unit 250 to light up the LED chips 210 .
  • a connector referred to hereinbelow as an output connector
  • input connector referred to hereinbelow as input connector
  • the connector CN of the light emitting device 201 at the right end of the LED unit 250 and the input connector 292 are both female connectors
  • the output connector 291 and the connector CN of the light emitting device 201 at the left end of the LED unit 250 are both male connectors, but the male and female configurations may be reversed.
  • the connector CN can be mounted for each light emitting device 201 , only an arbitrary number of the light emitting devices 201 from among a plurality of the light emitting devices 201 (eight in the example shown in FIG. 7 ) that can be fabricated per one pitch of the lead frame 230 can be cut out when the LED unit 250 is manufactured.
  • the method for manufacturing the LED unit 250 is described below in a simple manner with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. 12 and also FIG. 5 and FIG. 7 .
  • a pattern formation step (preliminary step) is performed in which the lead frame 230 shown in FIG. 1 is formed by pressing or etching the first metal plate 203 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • a first plating step is performed in which, for example, the first plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233 , and the third plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the main front surface of the pattern 233 .
  • a second plating step of forming the Pd film and the Au film of the second plated layer 247 is performed, thereby obtaining the structure shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the first plated layer and the third plated layer are also formed on the zone of the support piece 232 of the lead frame 230 that is positioned on the inside with respect to the outer circumferential edge of the holding section 244 . Further, in the second plating step, the third plated layer is formed by a spot plating method, thereby decreasing the amount of Au used and reducing cost.
  • a molding step is performed in which the holding section 244 is formed by injection molding.
  • the structure shown in FIG. 11 is obtained in which the module 241 is supported by the outer frame section 231 through by the support piece 232 .
  • a cutting step is performed in which the module 241 is cut off from the support piece 232 of the lead frame 230 , and a joining step is performed in which the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 are joined together through the insulating layer 243 .
  • the wiring board 240 with the structure shown in FIG. 5 is obtained.
  • a mounting step is then performed in which the LED chip 210 is mounted on the die pad 234 and the Zener diode ZD and the connector CN are mounted and the LED chip 210 is electrically connected, through the bonding wire 214 , to the appropriate zones (in the configuration shown in FIG. 2 , the lead 236 and the heat sink 235 ; in the configuration shown in FIG. 3 , only the lead 236 ) of the base unit 233 a .
  • a sealing step is performed in which the LED chip 210 and the bonding wire 214 are sealed with the sealing section 255 .
  • the liquid first translucent material for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like
  • the liquid first translucent material constituting a portion of the sealing section 255 is injected into the gap between the outer side surface of the LED chip 210 and the inner circumferential surface of the first opening 244 a and then is cured.
  • the liquid first translucent material for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like constituting the remaining portion of the abovementioned sealing section 255 is injected into the dome-shaped optical member 260 .
  • the optical member 260 is then disposed at the predetermined position in the wiring board 240 and the first translucent material is cured, thereby forming the sealing section 255 and, at the same time, fixedly attaching the optical member 260 to the wiring board 240 .
  • the first translucent material By injecting a large amount of the liquid first translucent material into the optical member 260 in this sealing step, it is possible to prevent the appearance of bubbles (voids) in the sealing section 255 in the manufacturing process.
  • the mounting step (first mounting step) preceding the sealing step only the LED chip 210 may be mounted and then the second mounting step of mounting the Zener diode ZN and connector CN may be performed after the sealing step.
  • the pattern 233 supported by the support piece 232 inside of the one-pitch outer frame section 231 comprises a plurality of base units 233 a , each of which comprises the die pad 234 on which the LED chip 210 is mounted, the heat sink 235 that extends from the die pad 234 so as to surround the die pad 234 and that is electrically connected to one electrode 211 of the LED chip 210 , and the lead 236 that is electrically connected to the other electrode of the LED chip 210 , and the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are coupled and electrically connected in series.
  • the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the LED unit 250 in which the plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost.
  • the LED unit 250 manufactured by using such lead frame 230 is reduced in cost, compared with the LED unit in which a plurality of light emitting devices 100 configured as shown in FIG. 60 and manufactured using the lead frame 300 shown in FIG. 61 are mounted on the metal base printed wiring board and a plurality of LED chips 161 are connected and used in series.
  • the lead 236 is disposed on the inside of the cut-in groove 235 a formed toward the die pad 234 from the outer circumferential edge of the heat sink 235 . Therefore, the distance between the die pad 234 and the lead 236 can be reduced. As a result, the distance between the LED chip 210 and the lead 236 can be reduced, the length of the bonding wire 214 that is connected to the LED chip 210 can be reduced and therefore the optical member 260 and the color conversion member 270 can be reduced in size.
  • the plurality of base units 233 a are arranged along the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 231 . Therefore, such lead frame can be used in the manufacture of a fine long LED unit 250 .
  • the pattern 233 is provided with the wiring 238 that is located lateral to the heat sink 235 across the plurality of the base units 233 a , and this wire 238 is coupled to and electrically connected to the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 231 .
  • the module 241 of the wiring board 240 is provided with the holding section 244 formed of an insulating material and holding the die pad 234 , the heat sink 235 , and the lead 236 for each base unit 233 a of the pattern 233 . Therefore, the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the LED unit 250 in which the plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost.
  • the LED chip 210 is mounted on each die pad 234 of the abovementioned wiring board 240 , and when both electrodes are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction of the LED chip 210 , each electrode of the LED chip 210 , the lead 236 , and the heat sink 235 are electrically connected through the respective bonding wires 214 , as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be efficiently radiated from the heat sink 235 and the die pad 234 formed using the above-described lead frame 230 through the second metal plate 242 , the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the cost is reduced.
  • one electrode of the LED chip 210 is electrically connected, through the die pad 234 , to the heat sink 235 , and the other electrode is electrically connected, through the bonding wire 214 , to the lead 236 , as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the air layer 280 is interposed between the dome-shaped color conversion member 270 and the optical member 260 . Therefore, in the light that is emitted from the LED chip 210 , passes through the sealing section 255 and the optical member 260 , falls on the color conversion member 270 , and is scattered by the particles of the fluorescent material of the color conversion member 270 , the quantity of light that is scattered toward the optical member 260 side and transmitted by the optical member 260 can be reduced and the efficiency of taking the light from each light emitting device 201 to the outside can be increased.
  • the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c are formed in the holding section 244 of the wiring board 240 . Therefore, the second plated layer 247 may be formed, through spot plating, on the zones of the lead 236 , heat sink 235 , and wiring 238 that are exposed in the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c , and the Zener diode ZD and the connector CN can be each mounted with good positional accuracy by taking the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c as the respective marks.
  • one LED chip 120 with a chip size of 1 mm ⁇ is mounted for one base unit 233 a , but the chip size of the LED chip 210 and the number of chips are not particularly limited.
  • an LED chip 210 with a chip size of 0.3 mm ⁇ may be used, and as shown in FIG. 13 , a plurality (two in the example shown in the figure) of LED chips 210 may be mounted for each base unit 233 a .
  • two LED chips 210 are connected in parallel for one base unit 233 a
  • the parallel circuits of two LED chips 210 that are equal in number to the base units 233 a are connected in series.
  • a plurality of LED chips 210 may be mounted on the sub-mount member 215 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the pattern 233 is provided with the wiring 238 located lateral to the heat sink 235 across the plurality of base units 233 a , and this wiring 238 is coupled to and electrically connected to the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 231 , but such configuration is not limited.
  • the lead frame 230 may be configured such that the wiring 238 could be used as extended connection, without connecting the wiring 238 with the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned one end.
  • the second plated layers 247 (two second plated layers 247 in the upper left section in FIG. 14A ) that have been formed at the lead 236 and the wiring 238 may be exposed, as shown in FIG. 14 , so as to enable the mounting of the connector for the extended connection that is provided with contacts electrically and individually connected to the lead 236 and the wiring 238 .
  • a plurality of LED units 250 are arranged in a row on one straight line, and the connector for the extended connection that is connected to the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned one end of one LED unit 250 is electrically connected, through a connector cable, to the connector CN mounted on the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned other end of the other LED unit 250 between the adjacent LED units 250 , and power can be supplied from one lighting device to all of the LED units 250 .
  • the pattern 233 formed using the lead frame 230 is provided with the connection piece 237 that connects the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the mutually adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a . Therefore, the LED unit 250 can be reduced in cost.
  • a space 248 may be provided between the connection piece 237 and the insulating layer 243 in the wiring board 240 , and the connection piece 237 may be provided with a stress relieving section 237 b that is bent so as to absorb the stresses acting on the pattern 233 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242 . Further, since the pattern 233 of the wiring board 240 shown in FIG.
  • a space 249 may be provided between the wiring 238 and the insulating layer 243 , in relation to the zone positioned at the side of the connection piece 237 , and the wiring 238 may be also provided with a stress relieving section 238 b that is bent so as to absorb the stresses acting on the pattern 233 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242 .
  • a stress relieving section 238 b that is bent so as to absorb the stresses acting on the pattern 233 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242 .
  • the stress relieving sections 237 b , 238 b may be formed by performing pressing such that the connection piece 237 and the wiring 238 are bent in the z axis direction before the pattern 233 and the insulating layer 243 are joined together.
  • the pattern 233 can be prevented from being peeled off from the insulating layer 243 by the stresses acting upon the pattern 233 due to a difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242 even when materials with different linear expansion coefficients are used for the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242 .
  • the shapes of the stress relieving sections 237 b , 238 b are not limited to those of the example shown in FIG. 16 and, for example, may be such as shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the stress relieving sections 237 b , 238 b in FIG. 17 are obtained by bending the connection piece 237 and the wiring 238 , respectively, in a V-like shape within the plane (an x-y plane) parallel to the joining plane of the second metal plate 242 with the insulating layer 243 .
  • the stress relieving section 237 b of the connection piece 237 and the stress relieving section 238 b of the wiring 238 are bent in a manner such that the distance between the central portions of the section 237 b and the section 238 b is larger than that between the ends of the section 237 b and the section 238 b at both sides.
  • the shape of the stress relieving sections 237 b , 238 b is not particularly limited to the V-like shape and may be different therefrom. Further, in the examples illustrated by FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 , the pattern 233 is provided with the wiring 238 , but providing the wiring 238 is not always necessary.
  • FIG. 18A is a schematic perspective view of two-pitch sections of the lead frame 230 .
  • a plurality (ten in the example shown in the figure) of base units 233 a is disposed separately on two concentric virtual circles, and the number of the die pads 234 on the virtual circle positioned relatively outside is larger than the number of the die pads 234 on the virtual circle positioned relatively inside. Therefore, in the wiring board 240 (see FIG. 22 ) manufactured using such lead frame 230 , the arrangement of the die pads 234 is the same as in the lead frame 230 . Further, in the LED unit 250 (see FIG. 24 ) manufactured using the wiring board 240 , when the number of the LED chip units 210 (see FIG. 8 and FIG.
  • each die pad 234 is the same (for example, one), the number of the LED chips 210 on the virtual circle positioned relatively outside is larger than the number of the LED chips 210 on the virtual circle positioned relatively inside, those two virtual circles being taken as a reference.
  • the pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 is provided with two power feed lines 139 extending from respective heat sinks 235 of two base units 233 a for feeding power to the series circuit of the LED chips 210 .
  • second plated layers 247 (see FIG. 22 ) having a laminated structure of a Ni film, a Pd film, and an Au film are formed on the main front surfaces of the distal portions of the two power feed lines 139 . Therefore, power can be supplied to the series circuit of the LED units 210 and the units can be lit up, for example, by connecting an electric cable for power feed from a lighting device (not shown in the figure) to the second plated layers 247 of the two power feed lines 139 .
  • the second metal plate 242 is formed in a round disk shape, and an electric cable insertion hole 242 c through which a pair of electric cables for power feed can be inserted is formed in the central portion of the second metal plate 242 .
  • a plurality (four in the example shown in the figure) of holes 242 d for inserting screws that are used when attaching the LED unit 250 to another member such as a fixture body of an illumination fixture are formed substantially equidistantly in the circumferential direction of the second metal plate 242 in the circumferential section of the second metal plate 242 .
  • a method for manufacturing the LED unit 250 is described below with reference to FIG. 18 to FIG. 22 , but the explanation of steps similar to those of Embodiment 1 is omitted, as appropriate.
  • a pattern formation step is performed in which the lead frame 230 shown in FIG. 18 is formed by performing pressing or etching of the first metal plate 203 .
  • the first plating step is performed in which, for example, the first plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233 and the third plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the main front surface of the pattern 233 , and then the second plating step is performed in which a Pd film and an Au film of the second plated layer 247 are formed.
  • the structure shown in FIG. 19 is obtained.
  • a molding step of injection molding the holding section 244 is performed thereby obtaining the structure shown in FIG. 20 in which the module 241 is supported by the outer frame section 231 through the support piece 232 .
  • a cutting step is performed of cutting off the module 241 from the support piece 232 of the lead frame 230 , and then a joining step is performed in which the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 are joined together through the insulating layer 243 .
  • the wiring board 240 with the structure shown in FIG. 22 is obtained.
  • the second metal plates 242 and the insulating layers 243 enabling multi-cavity are used.
  • a mounting step is then performed in which the LED chip 210 is mounted on the die pad 234 and the Zener diode ZD (see FIG. 23 ) is mounted, and the LED chip 210 is electrically connected to the appropriate portions of the base unit 233 a through the bonding wire 214 .
  • a sealing step is performed in which the LED chip 210 and the bonding wire 214 (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 3 ) are sealed with the sealing section 255 (see FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 ).
  • the liquid first translucent material for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like
  • the liquid first translucent material constituting a portion of the sealing section 255 is injected into the gap between the outer side surface of the LED chip 210 and the inner circumferential surface of the first opening 244 a (see FIG. 20B ) and then is cured.
  • the liquid first translucent material for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like constituting the remaining portion of the abovementioned sealing section 255 is injected into the dome-shaped optical member 260 (see FIG. 8 , FIG. 9 , and FIG. 23 ).
  • the optical member 260 is then disposed at the predetermined position in the wiring board 240 and the first translucent material is cured, thereby forming the sealing section 255 and, at the same time, fixedly attaching the optical member 260 to the wiring board 240 . Further, in the mounting step (first mounting step) preceding the sealing step, only the LED chip 210 may be mounted and then the second mounting step of mounting the Zener diode ZD and connector CN may be performed after the sealing step.
  • a plurality of base units 233 a are disposed so as to surround the center of the region surrounded by the outer frame section 231 . Therefore, the circular LED unit 250 in which a plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost.
  • the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the LED unit 250 in which the plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost.
  • the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be efficiently radiated from the heat sink 235 and the die pad 234 formed using the above-described lead frame 230 through the second metal plate 242 , the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 can be inhibited, the light output is increased, and the cost is reduced.
  • the space 248 and the stress relieving section 237 b explained hereinabove with reference to FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 may be also provided in the wiring board 240 and the LED unit 250 of the present embodiment.
  • the light emitting device 201 is provided with the color conversion member 270 , but when the LED chip 210 itself can emit white light or when a fluorescent material is dispersed in the sealing section 255 , a structure that is not provided with the above-described color conversion member 270 can be also used.
  • a light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 25 to FIG. 32 .
  • the light emitting unit 1 comprises a mounting substrate 2 and a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements 3 disposed on one surface side of the mounting substrate 2 .
  • the mounting substrate 2 comprises a heat transfer plate 21 having the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 , a wiring pattern 22 disposed on the other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 and electrically connected to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 , and an insulating layer 23 (first insulating layer 23 ) interposed between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 .
  • the heat transfer plate 21 is formed of the first metal plate
  • the wiring pattern 22 is formed of a second metal plate with a linear expansion coefficient different from that of the first metal plate.
  • the mounting substrate 2 is provided with a base substrate 24 that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate and is disposed on the side of the wiring pattern 22 that is opposite to the heat transfer plate 21 , and a second insulating layer 25 interposed between the wiring pattern 22 and the base substrate 24 .
  • the mounting substrate 2 is formed in an elongated shape, and on the abovementioned one surface side thereof, a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements 3 are disposed along the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 2 .
  • the heat transfer plate 21 is formed in an elongated shape (in this configuration, a narrow rectangular plate-like shape).
  • a metal with a high thermal conductivity such as aluminum, copper or the like is preferred as the material for the first metal plate serving as a foundation for the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the material for the first metal plate is not limited to the aforementioned metals and may be, for example, stainless steel or steel.
  • the heat transfer plate 21 have the function of a reflective plate, and it is more preferred that aluminum be used as the material for the first metal plate. It is further preferred that the first metal plate of the heat transfer plate 21 be an aluminum plate, an aluminum film of a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate be laminated on the side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the first insulating layer 23 side, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes be laminated on the aluminum film. In this case, for example, a SiO2 film and a TiO2 film are preferably used as the dielectric films of two types. When such a heat transfer plate 21 is used, the reflectance with respect to the visible light can be made equal to or greater than 95%.
  • MIRO 2 and MIRO manufactured by Alanod Co.
  • An aluminum plate that has been surface treated by anodization may be used as the aforementioned aluminum plate.
  • the thickness of the heat transfer plate 21 may be set, as appropriate, for example within a range of about 0.2 mm to about 3 mm.
  • An LED chip is used as the solid-state light emitting element 3 , but such a selection is not limited and, for example, a packaged LED chip may be also used.
  • a laser diode (semiconductor laser) or an organic EL element may be used as the solid-state light emitting element 3 .
  • a first electrode (anode electrode) 31 and a second electrode (cathode electrode) 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction, and the other surface side in the thickness direction is joined, through a joining section 35 , to the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are electrically connected to the wiring pattern 22 through respective wires (bonding wires) 26 .
  • through holes 21 b for passing the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the through holes 21 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting element 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • Each through hole 21 b has a round opening shape.
  • the inner diameter of each through hole 21 b is set to 0.5 mm, but this value is merely exemplary and is not particularly limited.
  • the shape of each through hole 21 b is not necessarily round and may be rectangular or elliptical.
  • the joining section 35 may be formed of a die bond material.
  • the LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip emitting blue light, and a chip provided with a sapphire substrate as the substrate is used.
  • the substrate of the LED chip is not limited to the sapphire substrate and, for example, a GaN substrate, a SiC substrate, and a Si substrate may be used.
  • the structure of the LED chip is not particularly limited.
  • the size of the LED chips is not particularly limited.
  • the chip size may be 0.3 mm ⁇ , 0.45 mm ⁇ , or 1 mm ⁇ .
  • the material and emission color of the light emitting layer of the LED chip are not particularly limited.
  • the LED chip is not limited to the blue LED chip and, for example, a violet LED chip, an ultraviolet LED chip, a red LED chip, a green LED chip, or the like may be used.
  • a die bond material of a silicone system a die bond material of an epoxy system, or a silver paste can be used as the die bond material.
  • a gold wire, an aluminum wire or the like can be used as the wire 26 .
  • the light emitting unit 1 be provided with a sealing section 36 that seals the solid-state light-emitting element 3 and the wire 26 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 , as shown for example in FIG. 27 .
  • a silicone resin that is the first translucent material is used as the material for the sealing section 36 .
  • the first translucent material is not limited to the silicone resin and, for example, an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, glass or the like may be used.
  • the light emitting unit 1 be provided with a color conversion unit 37 that has a wavelength converting material that emits light of a color different from the emission color of the LED chip. It is preferred that, for example, a fluorescent material emitting light of a color different from the emission color of the LED chip when excited by the light emitted from the LED chip be used as the wavelength converting material for the color conversion unit 37 and that a fluorescent material and a second translucent material be included.
  • the light emitting unit 1 uses, for example, a blue LED chip as the LED chip, and when a yellow fluorescent material is used as the fluorescent material for the color conversion unit 37 , white light can be obtained.
  • a yellow fluorescent material used as the fluorescent material for the color conversion unit 37
  • white light can be obtained.
  • the blue light emitted from the LED chip and the light emitted from the yellow fluorescent material are emitted through the front surface of the color conversion unit 37 and thereby white light can be obtained.
  • the second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the silicone resin and may be, for example, an acrylic resin, glass, or an organic-inorganic hybrid material prepared by mixing and bonding organic and inorganic components at a nanometer level or molecular level.
  • the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material.
  • color rendering ability can be increased by using a yellow fluorescent material and a red fluorescent material, or a red fluorescent material and a green fluorescent material.
  • the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion unit 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material of one type, and yellow fluorescent materials of two types that have different emission peak wavelengths may be used.
  • the light conversion unit 37 is preferably in contact with the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the color conversion unit 37 is formed in a semicylindrical shape and provided, in a form such as to surround the LED chip and the sealing section 36 , between the color conversion unit and the heat transfer plate 21 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the color conversion unit 37 is provided such that a gas layer (for example, an air layer) 38 is formed between the color conversion unit and the sealing section 36 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • a gas layer for example, an air layer
  • the color conversion unit 37 may have a semispherical shape, and the LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3 , and the wire 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37 .
  • the color conversion unit 37 may have a dome-like shape, and the LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3 , and the wire 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37 .
  • the color conversion unit 37 may be shaped as a layer, and the LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3 , and the wire 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37 .
  • the color conversion unit 37 such as shown in FIG. 27 or FIG. 34 may be used in a molded form, and the end edge of the color conversion unit 37 (circumferential edge of the opening) on the heat transfer plate 21 side may be fixedly attached to the heat transfer plate 21 by using, for example, an adhesive (for example, a silicone resin or an epoxy resin).
  • the color conversion unit 37 such as shown in FIG. 33 can be formed, for example, by a molding method.
  • the color conversion unit 37 such as shown in FIG. 35 can be formed, for example, by a coating method using a dispenser or a screen printing method.
  • the wiring pattern 22 is formed of the second metal plate that has a linear expansion coefficient different from that of the heat transfer plate 21 , as mentioned hereinabove.
  • the second metal plate uses the lead frame 120 (see FIG. 32C ) formed by punching a metal hoop material with a press.
  • Copper which has a comparatively high thermal conductivity among the metals (thermal conductivity of copper is about 398 W/m ⁇ K) is preferred as a material for the second metal plate, but copper is not a limiting material and, for example, phosphorus bronze or a copper alloy (for example, 42 Alloy) may be used. It is also preferred that the thickness of the second metal plate be set, for example, within a range of from about 100 ⁇ m to about 1500 ⁇ m.
  • the wiring pattern 22 is supported inside of the outer frame section 121 through the support piece 122 (see FIG. 32D ).
  • a first pattern 22 a to which the first electrode 31 of the solid-state light emitting element 3 is connected and a second pattern 22 b to which the second electrode 32 is connected are arranged in rows in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • a predetermined number (for example, 16) of the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b is provided and, as shown in FIG. 30 , the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b are formed in an elongated shape and disposed so that the longitudinal direction thereof matches that of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the first patterns 22 a arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 are divided into sets, each set including two first patterns 22 a , and the first patterns 22 a constituting the set are coupled to each other through a connection piece 22 c .
  • the second patterns 22 b that are arranged in a row in a predetermined number (for example, 16) in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 are divided into sets, each set including two second patterns 22 b , and the second patterns 22 b forming the set are coupled to each other through a connection piece 22 d and electrically connected.
  • connection pieces 22 c , 22 d are constituted by linear first portions 22 ca , 22 da disposed along the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 and second portions 22 cb , 22 db and third portions 22 cc , 22 dc extending in the opposite directions in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 from both ends of the first portions 22 ca , 22 da in the longitudinal direction. Further, the connection piece 22 c is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a , and the connection piece 22 d is formed to be narrower than the second pattern 22 b .
  • one base pattern 22 u is constituted by two first patterns 22 a forming a set, the connection piece 22 c that connects those two first patterns 22 a , two second patterns 22 b forming a set, and the connection piece 22 d that connects those two second patterns 22 b .
  • a plurality of base units 22 u are arranged along the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 121 .
  • the first pattern 22 a of one base pattern 22 u and the second pattern 22 b of the other base pattern 22 u are coupled to each other through a linking piece 22 e and electrically connected.
  • the linking piece 22 e is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b.
  • a parallel circuit can be configured for each base pattern 22 u by connecting in parallel a predetermined number (for example, six) of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 that are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 , and the parallel circuits formed for each of the adjacent base patterns 22 u can be connected in series. Therefore, power can be supplied to all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 by supplying power between the first pattern 22 a at one end and the second pattern 22 b at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the first insulating layer 23 is formed by thermally curing an epoxy resin layer of a thermosetting sheet-shaped adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet TSA manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) in which a plastic film (PET film) is laminated with a B-stage epoxy resin layer (thermosetting resin) that includes a filling material formed of a filler such as silica or alumina and can reduce the viscosity and increase the flowability under heating.
  • An insulating material with a thermal conductivity higher than that of the epoxy resin, which is a thermosetting resin may be used as the filler.
  • the epoxy resin layer of the sheet-shaped adhesive features electric insulation ability, a high thermal conductivity, high flowability under heating, and high ability to adhere to a rough surface.
  • thermal resistance from each solid-state light emitting element 3 to the wiring pattern 22 can be reduced, spread in thermal resistance can be also reduced, heat radiation ability can be increased and the increase in temperature of the junctions of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be inhibited, compared with those attained in the case where a heat radiating sheet in the form of a rubber sheet such as SARCON (registered trade name) is sandwiched between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 .
  • SARCON registered trade name
  • the thickness of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is set to 100 ⁇ m, but this value is merely exemplary and not limited.
  • the thickness of the epoxy resin layer may be set, as appropriate, within a range of about 50 ⁇ m to about 150 ⁇ m.
  • the thermal conductivity of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is preferably equal to or higher than 4 W/m ⁇ K.
  • a pressure may be applied, as appropriate, in a state in which the heat transfer plate 21 , the epoxy resin layer, and the lead frame 120 having the wiring pattern 22 are laminated.
  • the outer size of the first insulating layer 23 may be set, as appropriate, on the basis of the outer size of the lead frame 120 .
  • the first insulating layer 23 is electrically insulating and thermally conductive and has a function of electrically insulating and a function of thermally joining the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 .
  • through holes 23 b communicating with respective through holes 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21 are formed in the first insulating layer 23 . Therefore, when the light emitting unit 1 is manufactured, the wires 26 can be passed through the through hole 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21 and the through hole 23 b of the first insulating layer 23 and bonded to the wiring pattern 22 .
  • the material for the sealing section 36 may be loaded into the through hole 21 b and the through hole 23 b , for example by using a dispenser, to prevent the wire 26 from coming into contact with the first metal plate, and the sealing section 36 may be formed thereafter.
  • the wiring pattern 22 be formed of a metal material that has oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance higher than those of the second metal plate and that a surface treated layer (not shown in the figure) with high adhesion to the first insulating layer 23 be formed.
  • the material for the second metal plate is Cu
  • the surface treated layer may be formed, for example, by a plating method.
  • the base substrate 24 is formed in an elongated shape (in this case, a narrow rectangular plate).
  • the base substrate 24 is preferably formed of a material that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate.
  • the base substrate 24 is formed of a third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate. Therefore, it is preferred that a metal with a high thermal conductivity, such as aluminum, copper or the like, be used as the material for the third metal plate.
  • the material for the third metal plate is not limited to those metals and, for example, stainless steel or steel may be also used. Thermal conductivity of aluminum is about 23 ppm and thermal conductivity of copper is about 17 ppm.
  • the same material as that of the first insulating layer 23 be used for the second insulating layer 25 interposed between the wiring pattern 22 and the base substrate 24 .
  • the sheet-shaped adhesives 123 , 133 are laminated, one epoxy resin layer 123 a is cured at 170° C., thereby ensuring electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity, and the other epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured at 150° C. to ensure the attachment ability and thermal conductivity. More specifically, after the one epoxy resin layer 123 a has been attached to the heat transfer plate 21 , which is an object, at a temperature of 170° C., the other epoxy resin layer 133 a and the lead frame 120 may be laminated and this other epoxy resin layer 133 a may be cured at a temperature of 150° C. As a result, when the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is manufactured, the requirements relating to the attachment ability and electric insulation ability can be satisfied at the same time regardless of thermal capacity of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • a method for manufacturing the mounting substrate 2 is explained below in a simple manner with reference to FIG. 31 and FIG. 32 .
  • the structure shown in FIG. 31A is obtained by forming the through holes 21 b in the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is laminated on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 so that the epoxy resin layer 123 a comes into contact with the heat transfer plate 21 , and the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is tentatively attached to the heat transfer plate 21 by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with a round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 123 a .
  • a predetermined pressure for example, 0.5 MPa
  • a first predetermined temperature for example, 110° C. to 120° C.
  • the heat transfer plate 21 to which the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 has been tentatively attached is naturally cooled.
  • the plastic film 123 b is then peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 123 a as shown in FIG. 31C .
  • the heat transfer plate 21 to which the epoxy resin layer 123 a has been tentatively attached is loaded into a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) and the epoxy resin layer 123 a is heated and cured at a temperature (for example, 170° C.) that is equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby attaching the epoxy resin layer 123 a to the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • a temperature for example, 170° C.
  • the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is laminated on the epoxy resin layer 123 a so that the epoxy resin layer 133 a comes into contact with the epoxy resin layer 123 a , and the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is tentatively attached to the epoxy resin layer 123 a by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with the round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 133 a .
  • a predetermined pressure for example, 0.5 MPa
  • a first predetermined temperature for example, 110° C. to 120° C.
  • through holes 134 are formed, for example, with the laser apparatus 150 , as shown in FIG. 32A , in the regions corresponding to the through holes 23 b of the insulating layer 23 .
  • Means for forming the through holes 134 is not limited to the laser apparatus 150 , and for example a drill or the like may be also used.
  • the plastic film 133 b is peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 133 a.
  • the lead frame 120 is placed on the epoxy resin layer 133 a , an appropriate load is applied, and then the epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured inside a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) at a temperature (for example, 150° C.) equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby fixedly attaching the lead frame 120 and the epoxy resin layer 133 a to each other.
  • the first insulating layer 23 is thus formed.
  • the wiring pattern 22 is cut off from the support piece 122 of the lead frame 120 and the portions of the lead frame 120 other than the wiring pattern 22 are taken out as shown in FIG. 32D .
  • the mounting substrate 2 shown in FIG. 28 is then obtained by joining the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 through the second insulating layer 25 , in the same manner as the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 are joined through the first insulating layer 23 .
  • the solid-state light-emitting elements 3 may be joined to the abovementioned one surface side of the mounting substrate 2 and then the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 of each solid-state light emitting element 3 may be electrically connected, through the wires 26 , to the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b , respectively. Then, the sealing section 36 and the color conversion unit 37 may be provided, as necessary, on the above-mentioned one surface side of the mounting substrate 2 .
  • the above-described light emitting unit 1 by providing the above-described light emitting unit 1 with the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 formed by using the lead frame 120 , it is possible to reduce cost and increase light output by comparison with the case in which the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are mounted on the metal base printed wiring board. Furthermore, by using the heat transfer plate 21 having a function of a reflecting plate in the light emitting unit 1 , it is possible to reduce the light loss in the heat transfer plate 21 and increase the light output. Therefore, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, power consumption can be also reduced.
  • the light emitting unit 1 is used in which the first metal plate of the heat transfer plate 21 is an aluminum plate, an aluminum film of a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate is laminated on the side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the first insulating layer 23 side, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes is laminated on the aluminum film.
  • the first metal plate of the heat transfer plate 21 is an aluminum plate
  • an aluminum film of a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate is laminated on the side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the first insulating layer 23 side
  • a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes is laminated on the aluminum film.
  • the light emitting unit 1 when the light emitting unit 1 is provided with the color conversion unit 37 (see FIG. 27 or the like), the light emitted from the fluorescent material, which is the wavelength conversion material for the color conversion unit 37 , to the heat transfer plate 21 side and the light emitted from the LED chip and scattered by the fluorescent material toward the heat transfer plate 21 side can be reflected and therefore the light utilization efficiency can be increased.
  • the fluorescent material which is the wavelength conversion material for the color conversion unit 37
  • the mounting substrate 2 has an elongated shape and the substantially entire wiring pattern 22 is joined to the first insulating layer 23 . Therefore, there is a worry that, for example, the heat transfer plate 21 warps, or the wiring pattern 22 is peeled off from the first insulating layer 23 due to temperature variations during manufacture or use because of the difference in linear thermal expansion coefficient between the first metal plate and the second metal plate.
  • connection pieces 22 c , 22 d and linking piece 22 e with curved shapes to relieve the stresses applied to the wiring pattern 22 , but it has been found that in test products that are not provided with the base substrate 24 and the second insulating layer 25 , warping sometimes occurs in the heat transfer plate 21 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate and the second metal plate at a certain length of the heat transfer plate 21 and a certain length of the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b.
  • the above-mentioned base substrate 24 is provided.
  • the base substrate 24 is formed of the third metal plate and, therefore, the second insulating layer 25 is interposed between the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 in order to insulate electrically the base substrate 24 from the wiring pattern 22 .
  • thermosetting resin of the first insulating layer 23 includes a filler with a thermal conductivity higher than that of the thermosetting resin. Therefore, the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be radiated with higher efficiency.
  • the solid-state light emitting elements 3 as LED chips, it is possible to transfer the heat generated by the LED chips in the transverse direction by the heat transfer plate 21 and radiate the heat efficiently.
  • the first metal plate which serves as a foundation of the heat transfer plate 21 is an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate is laminated on the side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the first insulating layer 23 side, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes is laminated on the aluminum film.
  • the heat transfer plate 21 has an elongated shape
  • the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are arranged along the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21
  • the elongated base substrate 24 is provided that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate and is disposed on the side of the wiring pattern 22 that is opposite to the heat transfer plate 21 side. Therefore, even when the mounting substrate 2 has an elongated shape, warping of the heat transfer plate 21 can be inhibited and warping of the entire light emitting unit 1 can be inhibited. As a result, the yield in production of the light emitting units 1 can be increased and therefore cost thereof can be reduced. In addition product reliability can be increased.
  • the base substrate 24 is formed of the third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate, and the second insulating layer 25 made of the same material as that of the first insulating layer 23 is interposed between the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 . Therefore, warping of the heat transfer plate 21 can be inhibited more effectively. It is preferred that the size of the base substrate 24 in the longitudinal direction be equal to the size of the heat transfer plate 21 in the longitudinal direction.
  • the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are LED chips
  • the first electrodes 31 and the second electrodes 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction
  • each of the first electrodes 31 and second electrodes 32 is electrically connected, through the wire 26 , to the wiring pattern 22 , and the through holes 21 b for passing the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plate 21 . Therefore, the LED chips can be die bonded to the heat transfer plate 21 , the heat generated by the LED chips can be easily transferred in the transverse direction of the heat transfer plate 21 , and heat radiation ability is increased.
  • die bonding to the heat transfer plate 21 may be performed through a sub-mount member that relieves stresses acting upon the LED chips due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the solid-state light emitting elements 3 and the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the sub-mount member be used that is formed to a planar size larger than the chip size of the LED chip.
  • the LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip and the first metal plate is an aluminum plate, for example, AlN, SiC composite, Si, or CuW can be used as the material for the sub-mount member.
  • a reflective film that reflects light emitted from the LED chip be formed around a jointing section of the LED chip and the sub-mount member (that is, a section that overlaps the LED chip) on the surface of the sub-mount member on the side where the LED chip is to be joined,.
  • a conductive pattern that is electrically connected to the first electrodes 31 or second electrodes 32 disposed in the LED chips on the sub-mount member side may be provided at the sub-mount member and the conductive pattern may be electrically connected, through the wires 26 , to the first pattern 22 a or the second pattern 22 b.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an example of the illuminating apparatus 7 provided with the light emitting unit 1 .
  • the illuminating apparatus 7 is an illumination fixture and comprises the light emitting unit 1 and the fixture body 71 that holds the light emitting unit 1 .
  • the fixture body 71 is formed in an elongated shape (in this case, rectangular shape) with a planar size larger than that of the light emitting unit 1 , and a recess 71 a that accommodates the wiring pattern 22 and the base substrate 24 on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 in the light emitting unit 1 is formed along the longitudinal direction of the fixture body 71 .
  • the light emitting unit 1 is held at the fixture body 71 by attachment jigs 8 constituted by a plurality of resin screws.
  • semicircular notches 21 c are formed substantially equidistantly in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 at each side edge in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 . Therefore, when the notches 21 c in the heat transfer plate 21 of the light emitting unit 1 are formed as semicircles with a radius less than that of the round heads of the screws constituting the attachment jigs 8 , the light emitting unit 1 can be held by the screw heads and the fixture body 71 .
  • stresses applied to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 or joining portions 35 can be reduced by comparison with those of the light emitting diodes 4 A to 4 L in the illumination fixture L using the configuration in which screw holes 110 b for screwing the fixing screws S 1 for fixing the printed substrate 110 to the fixture body 103 are provided at both end portions and center portion in the longitudinal direction of the printed substrate 110 .
  • a power supply unit (not shown in the figure) is connected to the light emitting unit 1 through two electric cables 73 connected by soldering or the like to the wiring pattern 22 , and the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be caused to emit light by supplying power from the power supply unit to the light emitting unit 1 .
  • FIG. 36 only one electric cable 73 connected to a first terminal pattern 22 f connected to the first pattern 22 a at one end side in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 is shown, but one more electric cable 73 is connected to a second terminal pattern (not shown in the figure) connected to the second pattern 22 b at the other end side in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the first terminal pattern 22 f and the second terminal pattern are constituted by portions of the wiring pattern 22 formed of the abovementioned lead frame 120 .
  • the solid-state light emitting elements 3 In the light emitting unit 1 , warping of the heat transfer plate 21 can be prevented. Therefore, by reducing the arrangement pitch of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 , it is possible to prevent the solid-state light emitting elements 3 from creating a granular emission appearance as spot light sources, and then a light source that looks like a linear light source can be obtained.
  • the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased by providing the above-described light emitting unit 1 .
  • the basic configuration of the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is substantially identical to that of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3, the difference therebetween being that the base substrate 24 in the mounting substrate 2 has the same shape as the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 3 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted.
  • through holes 24 b are formed in the zones corresponding to the through holes 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21
  • notches 24 c are formed in the zones corresponding to the notches 21 c of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the second insulating layer 25 has a shape identical to that of the first insulating layer 23 , and through holes 25 b are formed in the zones of the second insulating layer that correspond to the through holes 23 b of the first insulating layer 23 .
  • the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased in the same manner as in the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3. Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, warping of the elongated heat transfer plate 21 also can be inhibited.
  • the shape of the base substrate 24 made of the same material as that of the heat transfer plate 21 is the same as the shape of the heat transfer plate 21 , warping of the light emitting unit 1 can be inhibited more effectively. Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, components of the heat transfer plate 21 and the base substrate 24 are shared and the cost of the unit can be reduced.
  • the light emitting unit 1 of the illuminating apparatus 7 explained in Embodiment 3 may be used as the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment.
  • the solid-state light emitting elements 3 when the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are also mounted on the side of the base substrate 24 that is opposite to the second insulating layer 25 side, light can be radiated onto both the one surface and the other surface side in the thickness direction of the mounting substrate 2 , and the unit can be used as a two-side light emitting unit.
  • the base substrate 24 also functions as a heat transfer plate, the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 located on the abovementioned one surface side of the mounting substrate 2 is efficiently transferred in the transverse direction of the heat transfer plate 21 and radiated, and the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 located on the abovementioned other surface side of the mounting substrate 2 is efficiency transferred in the transverse direction of the base substrate 24 and radiated.
  • the base substrate 24 functions as a heat transfer plate similar to the heat transfer plate 21 and also as a reflection plate.
  • the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 39 .
  • the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the resin of the resin substrate and the first metal plate serving as a foundation for the heat transfer plate 21 is small.
  • the material for the first metal plate is aluminum and the material for the second metal plate is copper, it is preferred that a vinyl ester resin, an unsaturated polyester resin or the like be used as the resin of the resin substrate.
  • magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum hydroxide, glass fibers or the like is preferably used as the filler.
  • the filling ratio of the filler is preferably 60 vol % to 75 vol %, and in this case the thermal conductivity of the resin substrate can be made about 4 W/m ⁇ K to about 10 W/m ⁇ K.
  • a thermal conductivity of 5 W/m ⁇ K and a linear expansion coefficient of about 18 ppm to 22 ppm can be obtained.
  • the thermal conductivity of aluminum is about 23 ppm and the thermal conductivity of copper is about 17 ppm.
  • heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased in the same manner as in the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3. Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, warping of the elongated heat transfer plate 21 also can be inhibited.
  • the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 can be formed at the same time in the manufacturing process, and the unit cost can be reduced due to the reduced production cost.
  • the illuminating apparatus 7 is an illumination fixture and comprises the light emitting unit 1 and the fixture body 71 holding the light emitting unit 1 .
  • the width dimension of the base substrate 24 is set larger than the width dimension of the heat transfer plate 21 . Therefore, even when the fixture body 71 is manufactured from a metal and is electrically conductive, by setting the width dimension of the base substrate 24 as appropriate, it is possible to increase the creeping distance between the heat transfer plate 21 or the wiring pattern 22 and the fixture body 71 and ensure a predetermined creeping distance. In the illuminating apparatus 7 of the present embodiment, when the fixture body 71 is manufactured from a metal, the heat generated by the light emitting unit 1 can be radiated with higher efficiency. When the fixture body 71 is not electrically conductive, it is not necessary to make the width dimension of the base substrate 24 larger than the width dimension of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the attachment jig 8 it is not necessary for the attachment jig 8 to be fixed to the fixture body 71 with a screw.
  • the attachment may be performed by insertion into an attachment hole 9 of the fixture body 71 .
  • a T-shaped slide piece 84 is provided in the condition of protruding from one surface of the base section 81 on the fixture body 71 side.
  • the attachment hole 9 of the fixture body 71 is provided with a wide section 91 for inserting the slide piece 84 and a narrow section 92 which has an opening narrower than that of the wide section 91 and is spatially connected to the wide section 91 , and thereby the attachment hole 9 is formed in a T-like shape in a planar view. Therefore, in the attachment jig 8 , when the slide piece 84 is inserted from the wide section 91 of the attachment hole 9 and slid to the narrow section 92 side, the slide piece 84 is locked by the peripheral portion of the narrow section 92 . As a result, in the illuminating apparatus 7 , the light emitting unit 1 can be attached to the fixture body 71 , without using the screws.
  • the first protruding piece 24 d of the base substrate 24 in one light emitting unit 1 of the adjacent light emitting units 1 and the second protruding piece 24 e of the base substrate 24 in the other light emitting unit 1 can be disposed so as to overlap as shown in FIG. 42A and FIG. 42B .
  • the creeping distance between the heat transfer plate 21 or the wiring pattern 22 and the fixture body 71 can be enlarged by comparison with the case in which the end surfaces of the base substrates 24 that are not provided with the first protruding piece 24 d or the second protruding piece 24 e are abutted onto each other.
  • the wiring patterns 22 may be electrically connected to each other by an electric cable (not shown in the figure) for the extended connection or a connector (not shown in the figure).
  • the wire 26 is bonded to the wiring pattern 22 disposed on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 , but it is also possible, as shown in FIG. 43 , to provide protruding sections 22 h that are inserted into the through holes 23 b of the first insulating layer 23 and the through holes 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21 in parts of the wiring pattern 22 , to thereby bond the wire 26 to an end surface of the protruding sections 22 h.
  • the through holes 21 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the solid state light emitting element 3 is mounted on the zone between two through holes 21 b arranged in a row in the width direction of the heat transfer palate 21 , but such configuration is not limited.
  • a light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 45 .
  • the basic configuration of the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is substantially identical to that of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3, the difference therebetween being in the shape of the mounting substrate 2 .
  • the constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 3 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted.
  • the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3 can be used, for example, as a light source of the illuminating apparatus 7 (see FIG. 36 ) formed of an illumination fixture such as a base light, whereas the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 1 can be used, for example, as a light source of an illuminating apparatus (not shown in the figure) formed of an illumination fixture such as a down light.
  • the wiring pattern 22 in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment can be also formed using a lead frame (not shown in the figure). Power from a power supply unit can be supplied to the light emitting unit 1 by connecting electric cables by soldering or the like to the first terminal pattern 22 f and the second terminal pattern 22 g.
  • the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased in the same manner as in the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3.
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 comprises a pair of heat transfer plates 21 , 24 disposed at a distance from each other in the thickness direction and the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on one surface sides of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , being on the side opposite to surface sides of the two heat transfer plates that face each other. Further, the two-side light emitting unit 1 comprises the wiring pattern 22 that is disposed between the two heat transfer plates 21 and 24 and electrically connected to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 , and a pair of insulating layers 23 , 25 interposed between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 and between the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern, respectively.
  • the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 are formed of a first metal plate
  • the wiring pattern 22 is formed of the second metal plate.
  • the mounting substrate 2 onto which all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are to be mounted is constituted by the pair of heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , the pair of insulating layers 23 , 25 , and the wiring pattern 22 .
  • the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 are formed in an elongated shape (in this configuration, a narrow rectangular plate-like shape). In the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements 3 are disposed along the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 at the abovementioned one surface sides.
  • a metal with a high thermal conductivity such as aluminum, copper or the like is preferred as the material for the first metal plate serving as a foundation for each of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the material for the first metal plate is not limited to the aforementioned metals and may be, for example, stainless steel or steel.
  • the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 have the function of a reflective plate, and it is more preferred that aluminum be used as the material for the first metal plate. It is further preferred that the first metal plates of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 be aluminum plates, aluminum films of a purity higher than that of the aluminum plates be laminated on the sides of the aluminum plates that are opposite to the insulating layers 23 , 25 sides, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes be laminated on each of the aluminum films. In this case, for example, a SiO2 film and a TiO2 film are preferably used as the dielectric films of two types.
  • the reflectance with respect to the visible light can be made equal to or greater than 95%.
  • MIRO 2 and MIRO manufactured by Alanod Co.
  • Aluminum plates that have been surface treated by anodization may be used as the aforementioned aluminum plates.
  • the thickness of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 may be set, as appropriate, for example within a range of about 0.2 mm to about 3 mm.
  • An LED chip is used as the solid-state light emitting element 3 , but such a selection is not limited and, for example, a packaged LED chip may be also used.
  • a laser diode (semiconductor laser) or an organic EL element may be used as the solid-state light emitting element 3 .
  • a first electrode (anode electrode) 31 and a second electrode (cathode electrode) 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction, and the other surface side in the thickness direction is joined, through a joining section 35 , to each of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are electrically connected to the wiring pattern 22 through respective wires (bonding wires) 26 .
  • through holes 21 b , 24 b for passing the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the through holes 21 b , 24 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting element 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • Each of the through holes 21 b , 24 b has a round opening shape.
  • the inner diameter of each of the through holes 21 b , 24 b is set to 0.5 mm, but this value is merely exemplary and is not particularly limited.
  • the shape of each of the through holes 21 b , 24 b is not necessarily round and may be rectangular or elliptical.
  • the joining section 35 may be formed of a die bond material.
  • the LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip emitting blue light, and a chip provided with a sapphire substrate as the substrate is used.
  • the substrate of the LED chip is not limited to the sapphire substrate and, for example, a GaN substrate, a SiC substrate, or a Si substrate may be used.
  • the structure of the LED chip is not particularly limited.
  • the size of the LED chips is not particularly limited.
  • the chip size may be 0.3 mm ⁇ , 0.45 mm ⁇ , or 1 mm ⁇ .
  • the material and emission color of the light emitting layer of the LED chip are not particularly limited.
  • the LED chip is not limited to the blue LED chip and, for example, a violet LED chip, an ultraviolet LED chip, a red LED chip, and a green LED chip may be used.
  • a die bond material of a silicone system a die bond material of an epoxy system, or a silver paste can be used as the die bond material.
  • a gold wire or an aluminum wire can be used as the wire 26 .
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 be provided with sealing sections 36 that seal the solid-state light-emitting elements 3 and the wires 26 at the abovementioned one surface sides of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , as shown for example in FIG. 49 .
  • a silicone resin that is the first translucent material is used as the material for the sealing section 36 .
  • the first translucent material is not limited to the silicone resin and, for example, an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, glass or the like may be used.
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 comprises color conversion units 37 , each of which has a wavelength converting material emitting light of a color different from the emission color of a corresponding LED chip. It is preferred that, for example, a fluorescent material emitting light of a color different from the emission color of the corresponding LED chip when excited by the light emitted from the corresponding LED chip be used as the wavelength converting material for the color conversion units 37 and that a fluorescent material and a second translucent material be included.
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 uses, for example, a blue LED chip as the LED chip, and where a yellow fluorescent material is used as the fluorescent material for the color conversion unit 37 , white light can be obtained.
  • a yellow fluorescent material used as the fluorescent material for the color conversion unit 37
  • white light can be obtained.
  • the blue light emitted from the LED chip and the light emitted from the yellow fluorescent material are emitted through the front surface of the color conversion unit 37 and white light can be obtained.
  • the second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the silicone resin and may be, for example, an acrylic resin, glass, or an organic-inorganic hybrid material prepared by mixing and bonding organic and inorganic components at a nanometer level or molecular level.
  • the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material.
  • color rendering ability can be increased by using a yellow fluorescent material and a red fluorescent material, or a red fluorescent material and a green fluorescent material.
  • the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion unit 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material of one type, and yellow fluorescent materials of two types that have different emission peak wavelengths may be used.
  • each of the light conversion units 37 is preferably in contact with a corresponding heat transfer plate of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • each of the color conversion units 37 is formed in a semicylindrical shape and provided in a form such as to surround an LED chip and a sealing section 36 between the color conversion unit and the corresponding heat transfer plate of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 at the abovementioned one surface side of the corresponding heat transfer plate.
  • the color conversion unit 37 is provided such that a gas layer (for example, an air layer) 38 is formed between the color conversion unit and the sealing section 36 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • a gas layer for example, an air layer
  • each of the color conversion units 37 may have a semispherical shape, and the corresponding LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3 , and the wires 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37 . Further, as shown in FIG.
  • each of the color conversion units 37 may have a dome-like shape, and the corresponding LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3 , and the wires 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37 .
  • each of the color conversion units 37 may be shaped as a layer, and the corresponding LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3 , and the wires 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37 .
  • the color conversion units 37 such as shown in FIG. 49 or FIG.
  • the color conversion units 37 such as shown in FIG. 53 can be formed, for example, by a molding method.
  • the color conversion units 37 such as shown in FIG. 55 can be formed, for example, by a coating method using a dispenser or a screen printing method.
  • the wiring pattern 22 is formed of the second metal plate that has a linear expansion coefficient different from that of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , as mentioned hereinabove.
  • the second metal plate uses the lead frame 120 (see FIG. 52C ) formed by punching a metal hoop material with a press.
  • Copper which has a comparatively high thermal conductivity among the metals (thermal conductivity of copper is about 398 W/m ⁇ K) is preferred as a material for the second metal plate, but copper is not a limiting material and, for example, phosphorus bronze or a copper alloy (for example, 42 Alloy) may be used. It is also preferred that the thickness of the second metal plate be set, for example, within a range of from about 100 ⁇ m to about 1500 ⁇ m.
  • the wiring pattern 22 is supported inside of the outer frame section 121 through the support piece 122 (see FIG. 52D ).
  • a first pattern 22 a to which the first electrode 31 of the solid-state light emitting element 3 is connected and a second pattern 22 b to which the second electrode 32 is connected are arranged in rows in the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • a predetermined number (for example, 16 of each pattern) of the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b is provided and the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 (see FIG. 50 ).
  • the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b are formed in an elongated shape and disposed so that the longitudinal direction thereof matches that of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the first patterns 22 a arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 are divided into sets, each set including two first patterns, and the first patterns 22 a constituting the set are coupled to each other by a connection piece 22 c .
  • the second patterns 22 b that are arranged in a row in a predetermined number (for example, 16) in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 are divided into sets, each set including two second patterns, and the second patterns 22 b forming the set are coupled to each other and electrically connected by a connection piece 22 d .
  • connection pieces 22 c , 22 d are constituted by linear first portions 22 ca , 22 da disposed along the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and second portions 22 cb , 22 db and third portions 22 cc , 22 dc extending in the opposite directions in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 from both ends of the first portions 22 ca , 22 da in the longitudinal direction. Further, the connection piece 22 c is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a , and the connection piece 22 d is formed to be narrower than the second pattern 22 b .
  • one base pattern 22 u is constituted by two first patterns 22 a forming a set, the connection piece 22 c that connects those two first patterns 22 a , two second patterns 22 b forming a set, and the connection piece 22 d that connects those two second patterns 22 b .
  • a plurality of base units 22 u is arranged along the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 121 .
  • the first pattern 22 a of one base pattern 22 u and the second pattern 22 b of the other base pattern 22 u are coupled together and electrically connected by the linking piece 22 e .
  • the linking piece 22 e is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b.
  • a parallel circuit can be configured for each base pattern 22 u by connecting in parallel a predetermined number (for example, six) of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 that are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , and the parallel circuits formed for each of the adjacent base patterns 22 u can be connected in series. Therefore, power can be supplied to all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 by supplying power between the first pattern 22 a at one end and the second pattern 22 b at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 , and between the first pattern 22 a at one end and the second pattern 22 b at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 24 .
  • the insulating layers 23 , 25 are formed by thermally curing an epoxy resin layer of a thermosetting sheet-shaped adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet TSA manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) in which a plastic film (PET film) is laminated with a B-stage epoxy resin layer (thermosetting resin) that includes a filling material formed of a filler such as silica or alumina and can reduce the viscosity and increase the flowability under heating.
  • An insulating material with a thermal conductivity higher than that of the epoxy resin, which is a thermosetting resin may be used as the filler.
  • the epoxy resin layer of the sheet-shaped adhesive features electric insulation ability, a high thermal conductivity, high flowability under heating, and high ability to adhere to a rough surface.
  • thermal resistance from each solid-state light emitting element 3 to the wiring pattern 22 can be reduced, spread in thermal resistance can be also reduced, heat radiation ability can be increased and the increase in temperature of the junctions of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be inhibited compared with those attained in the case where a heat radiating sheet in the form of a rubber sheet such as SARCON (registered trade name) is sandwiched between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 and between the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 . Therefore, the input power can be increased and the light output can be increased.
  • the thickness of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is set to 100 ⁇ m, but this value is merely exemplary and not limited.
  • the thickness of the epoxy resin layer may be set, as appropriate, within a range of about 50 ⁇ m to about 150 ⁇ m.
  • the thermal conductivity of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is preferably equal to or higher than 4 W/m ⁇ K.
  • a pressure may be applied, as appropriate, in a state in which the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , the epoxy resin layer, and the lead frame 120 having the wiring pattern 22 are laminated.
  • the outer size of the insulating layers 23 , 25 may be set, as appropriate, on the basis of the outer size of the lead frame 120 .
  • the insulating layers 23 , 25 are electrically insulating and thermally conductive and have a function of electrically insulating and a function of thermally joining the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and the wiring pattern 22 .
  • through holes 23 b , 25 b communicating with respective through holes 21 b , 24 b of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 are formed in the insulating layers 23 , 25 . Therefore, when the two-side light emitting unit 1 is manufactured, the wires 26 can be passed through the through holes 21 b , 24 b of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and the through holes 23 b , 25 b of the insulating layers 23 , 25 and bonded to the wiring pattern 22 .
  • the material for the sealing section 36 may be loaded into the through holes 21 b , 24 b and the through holes 23 b , 25 b , for example by using a dispenser, to prevent the wires 26 from coming into contact with the first metal plate, and the sealing section 36 may be formed thereafter.
  • the wiring pattern 22 be formed of a metal material that has oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance higher than those of the second metal plate and that surface treated layers (not shown in the figure) with high adhesion to the insulating layers 23 , 25 be formed.
  • the material for the second metal plate is Cu
  • the surface treated layers may be formed, for example, by a plating method.
  • the sheet-shaped adhesives 123 , 133 (see FIG. 51B and FIG. 52A ) are laminated, one epoxy resin layer 123 a is cured at 170° C., thereby ensuring electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity, and the other epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured at 150° C. to ensure the attachment ability and thermal conductivity. More specifically, after the one epoxy resin layer 123 a has been attached to the heat transfer plate 21 , which is an object, at a temperature of 170° C., the other epoxy resin layer 133 a and the lead frame 120 may be laminated and this other epoxy resin layer 133 a may be cured at a temperature of 150° C. As a result, when the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is manufactured, the requirements relating to the attachment ability and electric insulation ability can be satisfied at the same time regardless of thermal capacity of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the structure shown in FIG. 51A is obtained by forming the through holes 21 b in the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is laminated on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 so that the epoxy resin layer 123 a comes into contact with the heat transfer plate 21 , and the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is tentatively attached to the heat transfer plate 21 by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with a round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 123 a .
  • a predetermined pressure for example, 0.5 MPa
  • a first predetermined temperature for example, 110° C. to 120° C.
  • the heat transfer plate 21 to which the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 has been tentatively attached is naturally cooled.
  • the plastic film 123 b is then peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 123 a as shown in FIG. 51C .
  • the heat transfer plate 21 to which the epoxy resin layer 123 a has been tentatively attached is loaded into a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) and the epoxy resin layer 123 a is heated and cured at a temperature (for example, 170° C.) that is equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby attaching the epoxy resin layer 123 a to the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • a temperature for example, 170° C.
  • the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is laminated on the epoxy resin layer 123 a so that the epoxy resin layer 133 a comes into contact with the epoxy resin layer 123 a , and the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is tentatively attached to the epoxy resin layer 123 a by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with the round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 133 a .
  • a predetermined pressure for example, 0.5 MPa
  • a first predetermined temperature for example, 110° C. to 120° C.
  • through holes 134 are formed, for example, with the laser apparatus 150 , as shown in FIG. 52A , in the regions corresponding to the through holes 23 b of the insulating layer 23 .
  • Means for forming the through holes 134 is not limited to the laser apparatus 150 , and for example a drill or the like may be also used.
  • the plastic film 133 b is peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 133 a.
  • the lead frame 120 is placed on the epoxy resin layer 133 a , an appropriate load is applied, and then the epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured inside a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) at a temperature (for example, 150° C.) equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby fixedly attaching the lead frame 120 and the epoxy resin layer 133 a to each other.
  • the insulating layer 23 is thus formed.
  • the wiring pattern 22 is cut off from the support piece 122 of the lead frame 120 and the portions of the lead frame 120 other than the wiring pattern 22 are taken out as shown in FIG. 52D .
  • the mounting substrate 2 is then obtained by joining the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 through the insulating layer 25 , in the same manner as the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 are joined through the insulating layer 23 .
  • the solid-state light-emitting elements 3 may be joined to the above-mentioned one surface side of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and then the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 of each solid-state light emitting element 3 may be electrically connected, through the wires 26 , to the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b , respectively. Then, the sealing section 36 and the color conversion unit 37 may be provided, as necessary, on the abovementioned one surface side of each of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment comprises a pair of heat transfer plates 21 , 24 formed of the first metal plate and disposed at a distance from each other in the thickness direction, the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on the aforementioned one surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , being on the side opposite to surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates that face each other, the wiring pattern 22 that is formed of the second metal plate, disposed between the two heat transfer plates 21 and 24 and electrically connected to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 , and a pair of insulating layers 23 , 25 interposed between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 and between the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 , respectively.
  • the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be transferred efficiently in the transverse direction by the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and radiated. Therefore, in the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the heat radiation ability can be increased, the increase in temperature of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be inhibited, and the light output can be increased.
  • the solid-state light emitting elements 3 as LED chips, it is possible to transfer the heat generated by the LED chips in the transverse direction by the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and radiate the heat efficiently.
  • the first metal plates which serve as foundations of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 are aluminum plates, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plates is laminated on the sides of the aluminum plates opposite those of the insulating layers 23 , 25 , and reflection increasing films formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes are laminated on the aluminum films.
  • the light that has been radiated from the LED chips and has fallen on the abovementioned one surfaces of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 is reflected with good efficiency.
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 by using the plates having the function of a reflecting plate as the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , it is possible to reduce the light loss in the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and increase the light output.
  • the heat generated by the LED chip can be radiated with good efficiency, the light output can be increased and the utilization efficiency of the light emitted from the LED chip can be increased.
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 is provided with the color conversion unit 37 (see FIG.
  • the light emitted from the fluorescent material which is the wavelength conversion material of the color conversion unit 37 , to the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 sides and the light emitted from the LED chip and scattered by the fluorescent material toward the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 sides can be reflected and therefore the light utilization efficiency can be increased.
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is provided with the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 and the wiring pattern 22 formed using the lead frame 120 , the cost can be reduced and the light output can be increased by comparison with those in the case in which the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are mounted on two metal base printed wiring boards.
  • the solid-state light emitting element 23 is an LED chip
  • the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction
  • the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are electrically connected, through wires 26 , to the wiring pattern 22
  • the through holes 21 b , 24 b for inserting the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 . Therefore, the LED chips can be die bonded to the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , the heat generated by the LED chips can be easily transferred in the transverse direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 , and the heat radiation ability can be increased.
  • die bonding to the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 may be performed by using a sub-mount member that relieves stresses acting upon the LED chips due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the solid-state light emitting elements 3 and the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the sub-mount member be used that is formed to a planar size larger than the chip size of the LED chip.
  • the LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip and the first metal plate is an aluminum plate, for example, AlN, SiC composite, Si, or CuW can be used as the material for the sub-mount member.
  • a reflective film that reflects light emitted from the LED chip be formed around a jointing section of the LED chip and the sub-mount member (that is, a section that overlaps the LED chip) on the surface of the sub-mount member on the side where the LED chip is to be joined.
  • a conductive pattern that is electrically connected to the first electrodes 31 or second electrodes 32 disposed in the LED chips on the sub-mount member side may be provided at the sub-mount member and the conductive pattern may be electrically connected, through the wires 26 , to the first pattern 22 a or the second pattern 22 b.
  • the through holes 21 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the solid state light emitting element 3 is mounted on the zone between two through holes 21 b arranged in a row in the width direction of the heat transfer palate 21 , but such configuration is not limited.
  • FIG. 56 it is also possible to dispose the solid-state light emitting element 3 between two sets (of the through holes) arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 from among the sets, each of which includes two through holes 21 b that are arranged in rows in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 .
  • the arrangement similar to that shown in FIG. 56 may be also used with respect to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on the heat transfer plate 24 .
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment can be used as a light source for a variety of illuminating apparatuses.
  • an LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type such as shown in FIG. 57
  • an LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type can be configured as an example of the illuminating apparatus provided with the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment.
  • the Japan Electric Lamp Manufacturers Association issued a standard for “LED lamp systems of a straight tube type with L-shaped pin base GX16t-5 (for general illumination)” (JEL 801) with respect to typical LED lamps of a straight tube type, and the LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type shown in FIG. 57 conforms to the JEL 801 standard.
  • the LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type shown in FIG. 57 is provided with a straight tubular body 702 formed of a translucent material (for example, glass) and bases 703 , 704 provided at one end and the other end of the tubular body 702 in the longitudinal direction, respectively.
  • the above-described two-side light emitting unit 1 (see FIG. 46 etc.) is accommodated inside the tubular body 702 .
  • the base 703 provided at one end of the tubular body 702 in the longitudinal direction is provided with two first lamp pins (terminals) 714 for supplying power to the two-side light emitting unit 1 located inside the tubular body 702 and also for holding at the first lamp socket, from among the first lamp socket and the second lamp socket of an illuminating apparatus.
  • the base 704 at the other end of the tubular body 702 in the longitudinal direction is provided with one second lamp pin (terminal) 715 for grounding and holding in the second lamp socket.
  • the two first lamp pins 714 protrude from the end surface (first base reference surface) of the base 703 toward the side opposite to the tubular body 702 .
  • the first lamp pin 714 is electrically connected to the wiring pattern 22 of the two-side light emitting unit 1 accommodated inside the tubular body 702 .
  • a portion protruding from the end surface of the base 703 has a L-like shape and is constituted by a pin main body 714 a protruding along the longitudinal direction of the tubular body 702 and a key portion 714 b extending from the distal end portion of the pin main body 714 a in one diametrical direction of the tubular body 702 .
  • the two key portions 714 b protrude in the mutually opposite directions.
  • the first lamp pin 714 is formed by bending a narrow conductive plate.
  • the second lamp pin 715 protrudes from the end surface (second base reference surface) of the base 704 toward the side opposite to the tubular body 702 .
  • a portion protruding from the end surface of the base 704 has a T-like shape and is constituted by a pin main body 715 a protruding along the longitudinal direction of the tubular body 702 and a terminal portion 715 b that is provided at the distal end of the pin may body 715 a and has an elliptical shape in the front view thereof.
  • the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased by comparison with those of the conventional LED lamp of a straight tube type and the illuminating apparatus 600 shown in FIG. 66 .
  • the illuminating apparatus provided with the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is not limited to the above-described LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type and may be, for example, an illuminating fixture provided with the fixture body accommodating the two-side light emitting unit 1 .
  • semicircular notches 21 c , 24 c are formed substantially equidistantly in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 at both side edges in the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 can be held between the head sections of the screws and the fixture body. In such an illuminating apparatus, stresses applied to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 and joining sections 35 can be reduced.
  • the arrangement of the two-side light emitting unit 1 in the illuminating apparatus is not particularly limited.
  • a plurality of two-side light emitting units 1 may be disposed in row on a straight line.
  • the wiring patterns 22 of the adjacent two-side light emitting units 1 may be electrically connected to each other by an electric cable (not shown in the figure) for extended connection or a connector (not shown in the figure).
  • the illuminating apparatus provided with a plurality of two-side light emitting units 1 , power can be supplied from one power supply unit to a series circuit of the two-side light emitting units 1 and all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 of each two-side light emitting unit 1 can be caused to emit light.
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 58 .
  • the two-side light emitting unit 1 constitutes a light emitting unit.
  • the basic configuration of the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is substantially identical to that of Embodiment 7, the difference therebetween being in the shape of the mounting substrate 2 .
  • the constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 7 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted.
  • the heat transfer plates 21 , 24 have an octagonal shape in the planar view thereof, and a plurality (12 ⁇ 6 in the example shown in the figure) of solid-state light emitting elements 3 are disposed in a two-dimensional array at the abovementioned one surface side of each of the transfer plates 21 , 24 .
  • the shape of the transfer plates 21 , 24 is not limited to the octagonal shape and may be another polygonal shape, or a round shape or an elliptical shape.
  • the illuminating fixture 40 configured as shown in FIG. 59 is an example of the illuminating apparatus provided with the above-described two-side light emitting unit 1 .
  • the fixture body is constituted by a flat first cover member 50 provided with an accommodation recess 51 for accommodating the two-side light emitting unit 1 at one surface in the thickness direction and a second cover member 60 accommodated in the recess 51 of the first cover member 50 so as to cover the two-side light emitting unit 1 .
  • Spacers (not shown in the figure) are provided between the two-side light emitting unit 1 and the first cover member 50 and between the two-side light emitting unit 1 and the second cover member 60 .
  • a cut-out section 54 for inserting the electric cables 63 , 63 for feeding power to the two-side light emitting unit 1 is formed in the first cover member 50 .
  • the electric cables 63 , 63 are provided with a second connector 70 , which is detachably connected to a first connector (not shown in the figure) for the output of a power supply unit (not shown in the figure) provided as separate placement, at the ends opposite those connected to the first terminal pattern 22 f and the second terminal pattern 22 g of the two-side light emitting unit 1 .
  • the first cover member 50 and the second cover member 60 may be formed entirely from a translucent material, or only a portion for taking out the light emitted from the two-side light emitting unit 1 may be formed of a translucent material.
  • the shape and configuration of the illuminating fixture constituting the illuminating apparatus are not particularly limited.
  • the illuminating apparatus is not limited to the illuminating fixture 40 and may be, for example, a display device.

Abstract

Provided is lead frame in which a wiring pattern supported by a support piece inside of a one-pitch outer frame section comprises a plurality of base units, each of which comprises a die pad on which a solid-state light emitting element is mounted, a heat sink extending from die pad so as to surround die pad electrically connected to one electrode of the element, and a lead electrically connected to the other electrode of the element. Lead of one base unit among adjacent base units and heat sink of the other base unit are coupled and electrically connected in series. Increase in temperature of the element is inhibited, light output is increased, and cost of a light emitting unit in which a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements connected in series are used is reduced. Also provided are wiring board, light emitting unit, and illuminating apparatus.

Description

    TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates to a lead frame, a wiring board, a light emitting unit, and an illuminating apparatus.
    • BACKGROUND ART
  • A lead frame for use in the manufacture of a light-emitting device using an LED chip has been suggested (for example, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-93470; Patent Document 1).
  • This Patent Document 1 describes, as shown in FIG. 60, a light emitting device 100 including a heat sink 160, an LED chip 161 mounted on the heat sink 160, a pair of lead sections 330 electrically connected by bonding wires 164 a, 164 b to the LED chip 161 and the heat sink 160, respectively, a resin package 400 that integrally supports the heat sink 100 and the lead sections 330 and allows the LED chip 161 to be exposed on the front surface side, and an attachment lens 560 that is mounted so as to cover the front surface side of the resin package 400 through a light-transmitting resin section 550.
  • Further, Patent Document 1 also describes the configuration shown in FIG. 61 as the lead frame 300 that is used in the manufacture of the light emitting device 100 shown in FIG. 60. The lead frame 300 is obtained by integrally forming a pair of elongated parallel frame sections 310 that are formed parallel to each other, connection frame sections 320 that are disposed equidistantly in the longitudinal direction of the parallel frame sections 310 and connect the opposing parallel frame sections 310 to each other, a pair of lead sections 330 that extend in the directions such as to approach each other from the center portion of the mutually adjacent connection frame sections 320 and are formed such that the end portions thereof face each other at a predetermined distance from each other, and support frame sections 340 that extend from the pair of parallel frame sections 310 toward the end portions of the respective lead sections 330.
  • Further, an illumination fixture L has also been suggested which includes, as shown in FIG. 62A and FIG. 62B, a light source device 101, a power supply device 102 that supplies operation power to the light source device 101, and a fixture body 103 that accommodates the light source device and the power supply device (Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-35890; Patent Document 2).
  • The light source device 101 includes a light source block BK and a case 106 accommodating the light source block BK. The light source block BK, as shown in FIG. 63, is provided with an elongated printed substrate 110 in which a wiring pattern 111 is formed on one surface side (front surface side) and a plurality of light emitting diodes 4A to 4L that are surface mounted by reflow soldering on the wiring pattern 111 of the printed substrate 110.
  • The light emitting diodes 4A to 4L are high-brightness white light emitting diodes of the so-called surface mounting type in which the front surface is an emission surface provided with an emission port 40 (see FIG. 64A), and the rear surface is a mounting surface where an anode terminal (not shown in the figure) and a cathode terminal (not shown in the figure) are exposed. Patent Document 2 indicates that the light emitting diodes 4A to 4L are provided substantially equidistantly in the longitudinal direction of the printed substrate 110 as shown in FIG. 64A, and used as pseudo-linear light sources.
  • As shown in FIG. 63A and FIG. 63B, the printed substrate 110 is a one-surface mounting substrate formed in an elongated rectangular shape. Three through holes 110 a for connection to output power supply lines 107 a to 107 c (see FIG. 62A) of the power supply device 102 to the wiring pattern 111 are provided through the printed substrate at the left end side. Further, screw holes 110 b for screwing fixing screws S1 (see FIG. 62) serving to fix the printed substrate 110 to the fixture body 103 are provided at both end portions and a center portion in the longitudinal direction of the printed substrate 110.
  • A paper-based copper-stretched layer plate such as a paper-based epoxy resin copper-stretched layer plate, a glass cloth-based copper-stretched layer plate such as a glass cloth-based epoxy resin copper-stretched layer plate, and a glass nonwoven fabric-based copper-stretched layer plate such as a glass nonwoven fabric-based epoxy resin copper-stretched layer plate are described as materials for the printed substrate 110.
  • As shown in FIG. 63A, the wiring pattern 111 to which the light emitting diodes 4A to 4L are connected is formed on the front surface side of the printed substrate 110. The wiring pattern 111 is formed using a conductive material such as a copper foil. In the printed substrate 110, a series circuit of the light emitting diodes 4A to 4F is connected in parallel in the forward direction with a series circuit of the light emitting diodes 4G to 4L.
  • Further, at the front surface side of the printed substrate 110, only a portion necessary for connection to the light emitting diodes 4A to 4L and the like is exposed in the wiring pattern 111, and a solder resist 112 (see FIG. 64A) for preventing the solder from adhering to the portions that are not necessary for connection is formed in the wiring pattern 111.
  • Meanwhile, a warping preventing section 113 is formed on the other surface side (rear surface side) of the printed substrate 110. The warping preventing section 113 is formed in a shape substantially identical to that of the wiring pattern 111 by using a copper foil, as shown in FIG. 63B. In other words, the warping preventing section 113 is a dummy wiring pattern of a shape substantially identical to that of the wiring pattern 111.
  • The light emitting diodes 4A to 4L are surface mounted on the printed substrate 110, and this mounting is performed by reflow soldering. When the printed substrate 110 is passed through a reflow furnace, since the thermal expansion coefficient of the wiring pattern 111 is lower than that of the printed substrate 110, thermal expansion on the front surface side of the printed substrate 110 is inhibited due to the difference in these thermal expansion coefficients, and a force causing warping toward the front surface side is generated in the printed substrate 110. However, since the warping preventing section 113 of a shape substantially identical to that of the wiring pattern 111 is formed on the rear surface side of the above-described printed substrate 110, thermal expansion is also inhibited on the rear surface side of the printed substrate 110 due to the difference in thermal expansion coefficient between the warping preventing section 113 and the printed substrate 110, and a force causing warping toward the rear surface side is generated in the printed substrate 110. As a result, thermal expansion in the printed substrate 110 is inhibited at both surfaces (front surface and rear surface). As a result, the warping caused by the difference in thermal expansion coefficient between the wiring pattern 111 and the printed substrate 110 and the warping caused by the difference in thermal expansion coefficient between the warping preventing section 113 and the printed substrate 110 are mutually compensated and eliminated, and warping of the printed substrate 110 is reduced. After the printed substrate has passed through the reflow furnace, warping is also caused by temperature variations occurring when the temperature of the printed substrate 110 drops, but warping of the printed substrate 110 is reduced for the same reasons as described hereinabove.
  • The case 106 where the light source block BK is accommodated is formed in an elongated box-like shape with an open lower surface by using a light-transmitting synthetic resin such as an acrylic resin. Support pieces 106 a, 106 a for supporting the printed substrate 110 accommodated inside the case 106 are provided integrally in a protruding condition at the lower end edges at both inner side surfaces in the longitudinal direction of the case.
  • The interior of the case 106 of the light source device 101 is filled with a sealing material P made of a light-transmitting resin such as a silicon resin and the resin is heated and cured in order to cause the entire case 106 to emit light and to improve heat radiation ability and waterproofing ability of the light source block BK.
  • Patent Document 2, as shown in FIG. 64B, indicates that a section obtained by coating the ink for silk printing so as to cover the entire surface on the rear surface side of the printed substrate 110 by silk printing (silk screen printing) can be used as an antireflection section 113. Further, Patent Document 2 also indicates that a section formed so as to cover the entire surface on the rear surface side of the printed substrate 110 by using a metal material identical to that of the wiring pattern 111 or having a thermal expansion coefficient substantially identical to that of the wiring pattern 111 may be used as the warping preventing section 113. It is also indicated that in this case, the heat radiation ability of heat-generating parts such as light emitting diodes 4A to 4L mounted on the printed substrate 110 can be increased.
  • A light source device configured as shown in FIG. 65 has been suggested as a surface light source using a visible light emitting diode chip (visible light LED chip) (Japanese Patent Application Publication No. H11-162233: Patent Document 3).
  • The light source device configured as shown in FIG. 65 includes a first visible light LED chip 103, a first translucent substrate 161 having the first visible light LED chip 103 mounted thereon, and a first translucent electrode 171 that is provided on the first translucent substrate 161 and supplies power to the first visible light LED chip 103. This light source device also includes a second visible light LED chip 104, a second translucent substrate 162 disposed opposite the mounting surface side of the first translucent substrate 161 and having the second visible light LED chip 104 mounted thereon, and a second translucent electrode 172 provided on the second translucent substrate 162 and supplying power to the second visible light LED chip 104.
  • In the light source device configured as shown in FIG. 65, the light from the first visible light LED chip 103 can be taken to the outside through the second translucent electrode 172 and the second translucent substrate 162, and the light from the second visible light LED chip 104 can be taken to the outside through the first translucent electrode 171 and the first translucent substrate 161.
  • An illuminating apparatus 600 incorporating an LED light emitting body 603 as shown in FIG. 66 has also been suggested (Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-266432: Patent Document 4).
  • A light emitting main body 602 of the illuminating apparatus 600 is provided with a pair of attachment substrates 604, 604 and a spacer 611 that connects and fixes integrally the attachment substrates 604, 604 to each other and forms a gap 610 between the attachment substrates 604, 604. The light emitting main body 602 is also provided with plastic wiring boards 608, 608 for the LED light emitting body 603 that are attached to and integrally installed on the surfaces of the attachment substrates 604, 604, respectively, and light transmitting covers 605, 605 that are attached to the front surface side of the attachment substrates 604, 604. The attachment substrate 604 has an elongated thin band-like shape, and an extruded aluminum material is used therefor. In the wiring board 608, a plurality of LED light emitting bodies 603 are arranged with a predetermined spacing, as shown in FIG. 66 and FIG. 67.
    • DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Resolved by the Invention
  • However, when the light-emitting device 100 configured as shown in FIG. 60 is used for applications requiring a comparatively high light output, such as general illumination, the desirable light power cannot be obtained with one light emitting device 100.
  • Accordingly, a configuration is considered in which a plurality of light emitting devices 100 are mounted on one wiring board and LED units (light emitting unit) are connected, for example, in series. In this case, a metal base printed wiring board can be used as the wiring board in order to inhibit the increase in temperature of the LED chip 161 in the light emitting device 100 and increase the light output. When such an LED unit is manufactured, a pair of lead sections 330 of each light emitting device 100 may be soldered to the wiring pattern formed of a copper foil pattern of the metal base printed wiring board of the wiring board.
  • However, in such an LED unit, a heat sink 160 should be assembled for each light emitting device 100, a metal base printed wiring board is required, and each light emitting device 100 should be aligned and mounted on the metal base printed wiring board. As a result, the cost is increased.
  • Further, in a light emitting unit such as the above-described light source block BK, warping of the printed substrate 110 can be reduced. However, in a light emitting unit such as the above-mentioned light source block BK, the heat generated by the light emitting diodes 4A to 4L is radiated through the printed substrate 110. Therefore, for example, when the light output of the entire light source block BK is increased by increasing the light output of each of light emitting diodes 4A to 4L, the increase in temperature of the light emitting diodes 4A to 4L cannot be sufficiently inhibited. As a result, in the above-described light source block BK, there is a possibility that a restriction is placed on the increase in light output.
  • In the light source device configured as shown in FIG. 65, the heat generated by the first visible light LED chip 103 is radiated mainly through the first translucent electrode 171 and the first translucent substrate 161, and the heat generated by the second visible light LED chip 104 is radiated mainly through the second translucent electrode 172 and the second translucent substrate 162. Therefore, in such a light source device, when the light output of the entire light source device is increased by increasing the light output of the first visible light LED chip 103 and the second visible light LED chip 104, the increase in temperature of the first visible light LED chip 103 and the second visible light LED chip 104 cannot be sufficiently inhibited. As a result, in the light source device configured as shown in FIG. 65, there is a possibility that a restriction is placed on the increase in light output.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit body 602 and the illuminating apparatus 600 configured as shown in FIG. 66, the heat generated by the LED light emitting body 603 is apparently mainly radiated through the wiring board 608 and the attachment substrate 604. Therefore, in the light emitting unit body 602 and the illuminating apparatus 600, when the light output of the entire light emitting unit body 602 and the entire illuminating apparatus 600 is increased by increasing the light output of the LED light emitting body 603, the increase in temperature of the LED light emitting body 603 cannot be sufficiently inhibited. As a result, in the above-mentioned light emitting unit body 602 and illuminating apparatus 600, there is a possibility that a restriction is placed on the increase in light output.
  • The present invention has been created to resolve the above-described problems and it is an object thereof to provide a lead frame and a wiring board that make it possible to increase the light output and reduce cost of a light emitting unit in which a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements connected in series are used and also to provide a light emitting unit and an illuminating apparatus that make it possible to increase the light output.
    • Means of Solving the Problems
  • A lead frame of the present invention is formed using a metal sheet and in the lead frame, a predetermined wiring pattern is supported inside of a one-pitch outer frame section through a support piece, wherein the wiring pattern comprises a plurality of base units, each of which comprises a die pad on which a solid-state light emitting element is mounted, a heat sink that extends from the die pad so as to surround the die pad and that is electrically connected to one electrode of the solid-state light emitting element, and a lead that is electrically connected to the other electrode of the solid-state light emitting element, the lead of one base unit among adjacent base units and the heat sink of the other base unit being coupled and electrically connected in series.
  • It is preferred that in the lead frame, the lead be disposed inside a cut-in groove formed toward the die pad from an outer circumferential edge of the heat sink.
  • It is preferred that in the lead frame, the plurality of base units are arranged along a lengthwise direction of the outer frame section.
  • It is preferred that in the lead frame, the wiring pattern be provided with a wiring that is located lateral to the heat sink across the plurality of base units, and the wiring be connected and electrically connected to the lead of the base unit provided at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section.
  • It is preferred that in the lead frame, the pattern be provided with a wiring that is located lateral to the heat sink across the plurality of base units, and the wiring be coupled to and electrically connected to the lead of the base unit provided at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section.
  • It is preferred that in the lead frame, the wiring pattern be provided with a wiring that is located lateral to the heat sink across the plurality of base units.
  • It is preferred that in the lead frame, the plurality of base units be disposed so as to surround a center of a region surrounded by the outer frame section.
  • A wiring board in accordance with the present invention comprises: a module that is formed using a first metal plate and has a wiring pattern to which a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements disposed on a main front surface side of the wiring pattern can be connected in series; a second metal plate disposed on a rear surface side of the module; and an insulating layer that has electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity and is interposed between the module and the second metal plate to join thermally the wiring pattern and the second metal plate, wherein the wiring pattern is provided with a plurality of base units, each of which comprises a die pad on which the solid-state light emitting element is mounted, a heat sink that extends from the die pad so as to surround the die pad and that is electrically connected to one electrode of the solid-state light emitting element, and a lead that is electrically connected to the other electrode of the solid-state light emitting element, the lead of one base unit among adjacent base units and the heat sink of the other base unit being coupled and electrically connected in series, and the module is provided with, for each of the plurality of base units, a holding section formed of an insulating material and holding the die pad, the heat sink, and the lead.
  • It is preferred that in the wiring board, the module be provided with, at a side edge of the wiring pattern, a relief structure section that increases adhesion to the holding section.
  • It is preferred that in the wiring board, a first plated layer that is formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate and that increases adhesion to the insulating layer be formed on a rear surface of the wiring pattern.
  • It is preferred that in the wiring board, a second plated layer that is formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate be formed on a main front surface of a zone electrically connected to the die pad and the solid-state light emitting element.
  • It is preferred that in the wiring board, the material for the first metal plate be Cu, and the second plated layer be formed of a laminated film of a Ni film, a Pd film, and an Au film.
  • It is preferred that the wiring board further comprises a connection piece that connects the lead of the one base unit of the adjacent base units with the heat sink of the other base unit, wherein a space is present between the connection piece and the insulating layer, and the connection piece is provided with a stress relieving section that is bent so as to relieve stresses induced by a difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate and the second metal plate and acting upon the wiring pattern.
  • In a light emitting unit in accordance with the present invention, the solid-state light emitting element is mounted on each of the die pads of the wiring board, the solid-state light emitting element is provided with the one electrode on one surface side of the solid-state light emitting element in a thickness direction and also provided with the other electrode on the other surface side the solid-state light emitting element, the one electrode is electrically connected, through the die pad, to the heat sink, and the other electrode is electrically connected, through a wire, to the lead.
  • In a light emitting unit in accordance with the present invention, the solid-state light emitting element is mounted on each of the die pads of the wiring board, the solid-state light emitting element is provided with the one electrode and the other electrode on one surface side of the solid-state light emitting element in a thickness direction, the one electrode is electrically connected, through a first wire, to the heat sink, and the other electrode is connected, through a second wire, to the lead.
  • It is preferred that the light emitting unit comprises, for each of the base units: a dome-shaped optical member that controls distribution of light emitted from the solid-state light emitting element and accommodates the solid-state light emitting element between the wiring board and the optical member; a sealing section that is formed of a first translucent material, is loaded into a space surrounded by the optical member and the wiring board, and seals the solid-state light emitting element; and a dome-shaped color conversion member that is formed of a second translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of the solid-state light emitting element when excited by light that has been emitted from the solid-state light emitting element and transmitted by the sealing section and the optical member, the color conversion member being provided in the form of surrounding the optical member, wherein the holding section of the wiring board is provided, on the outer side of the optical member, with a protruding annular barrier section that blocks the first translucent material oozing out when the optical member is fixedly attached to the wiring board, and the barrier section is provided with a plurality of hook sections located at intervals in a circumferential direction, extending inward from an inner circumferential surface of the barrier section, and aligning a center of the barrier section and a center axis of the optical member, the barrier section also serving as an alignment section for the color conversion member.
  • The present application also includes an invention relating to a light emitting unit that makes it possible to increase heat radiation ability and also increase the light output. In this case, it is preferred that the light emitting unit comprises a mounting substrate; and a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements disposed on one surface side of the mounting substrate, wherein the mounting substrate is provided with a heat transfer plate which is formed of a first metal plate and in which the solid-state light emitting elements are mounted on one surface side of the heat transfer plate, a wiring pattern which is formed of a second metal plate and disposed on the other surface side of the heat transfer plate and to which the solid-state light emitting elements are electrically connected, and an insulating layer interposed between the heat transfer plate and the wiring pattern.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, the insulating layer include a filler in a thermosetting resin, the filler having a thermal conductivity higher than that of the thermosetting resin.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, the solid-state light emitting elements are LED chips.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, in the heat transfer plate, the first metal plate be an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate be laminated on a side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the insulating layer, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that differ in refractive index be laminated on the aluminum film.
  • It is preferred that the light emitting unit comprises a color conversion unit that includes a translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of the LED chip when excited by light emitted from the LED chip, wherein the color conversion unit is in contact with the heat transfer plate.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, each of the LED chips be provided with a first electrode and a second electrode on one surface side of each of the LED chips in a thickness direction, the first electrode and the second electrode be electrically connected, through wires, to the wiring pattern, and the heat transfer plate be formed with through holes for passing the respective wires therethrough.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, the heat transfer plate have an elongated shape, the solid-state light emitting elements be arranged along a longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate, and an elongated base substrate be provided that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate and is disposed on a side of the wiring pattern that is opposite to the heat transfer plate.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, the base substrate be formed of a resin substrate in which a filler is mixed with a resin, the filler having a thermal conductivity higher than that of the resin.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, the base substrate be formed of a third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate, and a second insulating layer made of the same material as that of a first insulating layer, which is the insulating layer, be interposed between the base substrate and the wiring pattern.
  • The present application also includes an invention relating to an illuminating apparatus that makes it possible to increase heat radiation ability and also increase the light output. In this case, the illuminating apparatus includes the aforementioned light emitting unit.
  • The present application also includes an invention relating to a light emitting unit and an illuminating apparatus that make it possible to increase heat radiation ability and also increase the light output. In this case, the light emitting unit comprises a pair of heat transfer plates formed of a first metal plate and disposed at a distance from each other in a thickness direction; solid-state light emitting elements mounted on one surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates, being on the side opposite to surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates that face each other; a wiring pattern which is formed of a second metal plate and disposed between the pair of heat transfer plates and to which the solid-state light emitting elements are electrically connected; and a pair of insulating layers, each of which is interposed between the wiring pattern and each of the pair of heat transfer plates.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, the solid-state light emitting elements are LED chips.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, in each of the pair of heat transfer plates, the first metal plate be an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate be laminated on a side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the insulating layer, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that differ in refractive index be laminated on the aluminum film.
  • It is preferred that the light emitting unit further comprises a color conversion unit that includes a translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of a corresponding LED chip of the LED chips when excited by light emitted from the corresponding LED chip of the LED chips, wherein the color conversion unit is in contact with a corresponding heat transfer plate of the pair of heat transfer plates.
  • It is preferred that in the light emitting unit, each of the LED chips be provided with a first electrode and a second electrode on one surface side of each of the LED chips in a thickness direction, the first electrode and the second electrode be electrically connected, through wires, to the wiring pattern, and each of the pair of heat transfer plates be formed with through holes for passing the respective wires therethrough.
  • Further, an illuminating apparatus is provided with the light emitting unit.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1A is a schematic perspective view illustrating one pitch of the lead frame in Embodiment 1; FIG. 1B is a principal schematic planar view of the lead frame in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 1C is a principal schematic planar view of a base unit of the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic planar view illustrating a mounting example of an LED chip on the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic planar view illustrating a mounting example of an LED chip on the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic perspective view of a metal sheet used in the manufacture of the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 5A is a principal schematic planar view of the wiring board in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 5B is a principal schematic planar view of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a mounting example of an LED chip and a Zener diode on the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 7A is a schematic perspective view in which part of the LED unit in Embodiment 1 is disassembled and cross cut; and FIG. 7B is a principal schematic planar view of the same part.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view in another configuration example of the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 10A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 10B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 11A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 11B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 12A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 12B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic planar view illustrating a mounting example of an LED chip on the lead frame in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 14A is a principal schematic planar view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 14B is a principal schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic planar view illustrating an example in which an LED chip is mounted on another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic perspective view illustrating yet another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 17A is a schematic perspective view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1; and FIG. 17B is a principal perspective view illustrating another configuration example of the wiring board in Embodiment 1.
  • FIG. 18A is a schematic perspective view of two pitches of the lead frame in Embodiment 2; and FIG. 18B is a principal schematic planar view of the lead frame in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 19A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2; and FIG. 19B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 20A is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2; and FIG. 20B is a principal schematic planar view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic perspective view for explaining a method for manufacturing the LED unit in Embodiment 2.
  • FIG. 25A is a principal schematic perspective view of a light emitting unit of Embodiment 3; and FIG. 25B is a partially broken principal schematic view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 26 is a partially broken schematic perspective view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 27 is a principal schematic cross-sectional view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic perspective view of the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 30 is a principal perspective view of the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 31 is an explanatory drawing illustrating a method for manufacturing the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 32 is an explanatory drawing illustrating a method for manufacturing the mounting board in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 33 is a principal schematic cross-sectional view of another configuration example of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 34 is a principal schematic cross-sectional view of yet another configuration example of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 35 is a principal schematic cross-sectional view of another configuration example of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 36 is a partially broken schematic perspective view of an illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 3.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic perspective view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the mounting substrate in the light emitting unit of Embodiment 4.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 40 is a principal schematic perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 41 is a principal schematic exploded perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 42 is a principal explanatory drawing illustrating the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 5.
  • FIG. 43 is a principal schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another configuration example of the light emitting unit of Embodiments 3 to 5.
  • FIG. 44 is a principal schematic perspective view illustrating another configuration example of the light emitting unit of Embodiments 3 to 5.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic perspective view of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 6.
  • FIG. 46A is a principal schematic perspective view of a two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7; and FIG. 46B is a partially broken principal perspective view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 47 is a schematic perspective view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 48 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 49 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 50 is a principal perspective view of the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 51 is an explanatory drawing illustrating a method for manufacturing the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 52 is an explanatory drawing illustrating a method for manufacturing the mounting substrate in the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 53 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another configuration example of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating yet another configuration example of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 55 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another configuration example of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 56 is a partially broken principal perspective view illustrating yet another configuration example of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 57 is a schematic perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 7.
  • FIG. 58 is a schematic perspective view of the two-face light emitting unit of Embodiment 8.
  • FIG. 59 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the illuminating apparatus of Embodiment 8.
  • FIG. 60 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the conventional light emitting device.
  • FIG. 61 is a schematic planar view of a lead frame used in the manufacture of the conventional light emitting device.
  • FIG. 62A is a partial cross-sectional view of an illumination fixture of the conventional example; and FIG. 62B is a top see-through view of part of the illumination fixture of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 63A is a front surface view of the printed substrate used in the illumination fixture of the conventional example; and FIG. 63B is a rear surface view of the printed substrate used in the illumination fixture of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 64A is a front surface view of the printed substrate with a light emitting diode mounted thereon; and FIG. 64B is a rear surface view of the printed substrate illustrating another example.
  • FIG. 65 is a schematic configuration drawing of a light source device of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 66 is a principal cross-sectional view of the illuminating apparatus of the conventional example.
  • FIG. 67 is a partially cut-out planar view of an attachment substrate in a light-emitting unit body of the conventional example.
    •  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Embodiment 1
  • First, a lead frame is explained with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 3.
  • A lead frame 230 according to the present embodiment is the lead frame 230 in which a predetermined pattern 233 is supported inside of a one-pitch outer frame section 231 through support pieces 232. The lead frame 230 is formed using a band-shaped metal sheet 203 (see FIG. 4). The outer frame section 231 is formed in a rectangular frame shape, and the outer circumferential shape thereof is an elongated rectangle. In the band-shaped metal sheet 203 shown in FIG. 4, only a portion corresponding to one pitch of the lead frame 230 is shown, but this band-shaped metal sheet 203 may be configured of a portion of a metal hoop material. Further, in the present embodiment, the pattern 233 constitutes a wiring pattern.
  • The pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 is provided with a plurality of base units 233 a (in FIG. 1C, only one base unit 233 a is shown by hatching), each of which includes a die pad 234 on which an LED chip 210 having a pair of electrodes is mounted (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 3), a heat sink 235 that extends from the die pad 234 so as to surround the die pad 234 and that is electrically connected to one electrode among the pair of electrodes of the LED chip 210, and a lead 236 that is electrically connected to the other electrode among the pair of electrodes of the LED chip 210. The lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are coupled and electrically connected in series. In the present embodiment, the LED chip 210 constitutes a solid-state light emitting element.
  • In this case, the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are connected through a connection piece 237 that is wider than the lead 236.
  • When an element in which a pair of electrodes is formed on one surface side in the thickness direction of the element is mounted as the LED chip 210 on each base unit 233 a of the lead frame 230, for example, as shown in FIG. 2, one electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through a bonding wire 214, to the heat sink 235, and the other electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through a bonding wire 214, to the lead 236. In the case of such LED chip 210, flip-chip mounting is also possible such that the one electrode is electrically connected, through the first bump, to the die pad 234 and the other electrode is connected, through the second bump, to the lead 236. In the present embodiment, the bonding wires 214 constitute the wires.
  • Further, when an element in which electrodes are provided on both surfaces in the thickness direction of the element is mounted as the LED chip 210, for example, as shown in FIG. 3, one electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through the die pad 234, to the heat sink 235 and the other electrode of the LED chip 210 may be electrically connected, through the bonding wire 214, to the lead 236. In the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment, the number of the base units 233 a per one pitch is eight, but this number is not particularly limited, and a plurality of base units may be used.
  • In the above-described lead frame 230, a plurality of base units 233 a are arranged along the lengthwise direction (left-right direction in FIG. 1B) of the outer frame section 231. Further, the pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 is provided with linear wirings 238 located lateral to the heat sink 235 across the plurality of base units 233 a. For example, this wiring 238 is coupled to the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at one end (the base unit 233 a at the left end in FIG. 1A) in the lengthwise direction (that is, the arrangement direction of the base units 233 a) of the outer frame section 231 and electrically connected thereto. Therefore, in a state in which one LED chip 210 is mounted on each base unit 233 a and the pattern 233 is separated from the outer frame section 231, power can be fed to a series circuit of all of the LED chips 210 by feeding power between the wiring 238 and the heat sink 235 of the base unit 233 a at the other end (the base unit 233 a at the right end in FIG. 1A) in the arrangement direction of the plurality of base units 233 a.
  • The above-described lead 236 is disposed inside a cut-in groove 235 a formed toward the die pad 234 from the outer circumferential edge of the heat sink 235. Further, in the lead frame 230 shown in FIG. 1, two leads 236 are provided for each base unit 233 a, and two cut-in grooves 235 a are formed in the heat sink 235 in the directions such as to approach each other and with a shift in the center line positions thereof. One lead 236, from among the two leads 236, is formed in a linear shape and disposed inside one cut-in groove 235 a. The other lead 236 is constituted by a linear first portion disposed inside the other cut-in groove 235 a and a second part extending from the end on the side opposite to the die pad 234 side in the first portion to the connection piece 237 and disposed along the outer side edge of the heat sink 235.
  • Copper, which has a comparatively high thermal conductivity among metal materials (thermal conductivity of copper is about 398 W/m·K) is preferred as the material for the metal plate 203 (see FIG. 4) that serves as a base for the lead frame 230, but copper is not a limiting material and, for example, phosphorus bronze may be also used. A copper alloy (for example, 42 Alloy) may be also used as the material for the metal plate 203. Further, preferably, the thickness of the metal plate 203 is, for example, within a range of about 100 μm to about 1500 μm. As the thickness of the metal plate 203 increases, the distance between the inner circumferential surface of the cut-in groove 235 a and the outer side edge of the lead 236 increases. Therefore, an upper limit of about 1500 μm is preferred for the thickness of the metal plate 203. In the base unit 233 a, the lead 236 may be arranged on the outside of the heat sink 235, without providing the cut-in groove 235 a in the heat sink 235. However, in this case, the distance between the LED chip 210 and the lead 236 increases and the total length of the bonding wire 214 also increases. Therefore, for instance as shown in FIG. 1, it is preferred that the cut-in groove 235 a be provided in the heat sink 235, and the lead 236 be disposed so as to be introduced into the cut-in groove 235 a.
  • A wiring board 240 manufactured using the above-described lead frame 230 is described below with reference to FIG. 5 and FIG. 6, and an LED unit 250 manufactured using the wiring board 240 is described below with reference to FIG. 7 and FIG. 8. FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the state in which the LED chip 210 and the below-described Zener diode ZD are mounted on the wiring board 240.
  • The wiring board 240 is provided with a module 241 that is formed using the lead frame 230 and that has a pattern 233 that enables series connection of a plurality of LED chips 210 arranged at the side of the main front surface. Thus, the wiring board 240 has the pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 that is formed using the metal plate 203 (referred to hereinbelow as the first metal plate 203) shown in FIG. 4.
  • Therefore, the pattern 233 of the wiring board 240 is provided with a plurality of base units 233 a, each of which comprises the above-described die pad 234, heat sink 235, and lead 236, and the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are coupled and electrically connected in series. The module 241 of the wiring board 240 is provided with a holding section 244 formed of an insulating material and surrounding and holding the die pad 234, the heat sink 235, and the lead 236 in each base unit 233 a. The holding section 244 is formed to cover the surface of the pattern 233, except the respective portions of the die pad 234, lead 236, heat sink 235, and wiring 238, but it is also possible to expose the entire surface of the pattern 233, as shown in FIG. 6. In short, as shown in FIG. 6, the holding section 244 may be provided in a form such as to expose at least the rear surface of the pattern 233 and the mounting zones of the electronic components (LED chip 210, Zener diode ZD, the below-described connector CN, and the like).
  • The above-described holding section 244 is formed by injection molding. A material with a small difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate 203 is preferred as the insulating material for the holding section 244. A liquid crystal polymer is used therefor, but this material is not limited, and for example, other resin materials such as polyamide resins and epoxy resins or ceramics such as alumina may be used. A white material having a high reflectance with respect to the light emitted from the LED chip 210 is preferred as the insulating material for the holding section 244.
  • Further, in addition to the above-descried module 241, the wiring board 240 comprises a second metal plate 242 disposed on the rear surface side of the module 241 and an insulating layer 243 interposed between the module 241 and the second metal plate 242. In this case, the insulating layer 243 has electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity and also has a function of thermally joining the pattern 233 and the second metal plate 242. The second metal plate 242 functions as a heat radiating plate (heat transfer plate), and a metal material with a high thermal conductivity, such as copper and aluminum, is preferred as the material for the second metal plate 242. The thickness of the second metal plate 242 may be set, for example, within a range of about 0.5 mm to about 10 mm. The thermal conductivity of aluminum is about 237 W/m·K.
  • The above-described insulating layer 243 is formed by thermally curing an epoxy resin layer of a thermosetting sheet-shaped adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet TSA manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) in which a plastic film (PET film) is laminated with a B-stage epoxy resin layer including a filling material formed of a filler such as silica or alumina and having a property of reducing the viscosity and increasing the flowability under heating. In this case, the epoxy resin layer of the sheet-shaped adhesive features electric insulation ability, a high thermal conductivity, high flowability under heating, and high ability to adhere to a rough surface. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the appearance of gaps between the insulating layer 243, the pattern 233, and the second metal plate 242, adhesion reliability is increased, and the increase in thermal resistance or the appearance of spread caused by insufficient adhesion can be inhibited. In this case, thermal resistance from each LED chip 210 to the second metal plate 242 can be reduced, spread in thermal resistance can be also reduced, heat radiation ability can be increased and the increase in temperature of the junctions of the LED chips 210 can be inhibited, compared with the case where a heat radiating sheet in the form of a rubber sheet such as SARCON (registered trade name) is sandwiched between the pattern 233 and the second metal plate 242. Therefore, the input power can be increased and the light output can be increased. The thickness of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is set to 100 μm, but this value is merely exemplary and not limited. For example, the thickness of the epoxy resin layer may be set, as appropriate, within a range of about 50 μm to about 150 μm. The thermal conductivity of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is preferably equal to or higher than 4 W/m·K. Prior to laminating the module 241 and the second metal plate 242, the plastic film of the sheet-shaped adhesive is peeled off from the epoxy resin layer. In short, the plastic film is peeled off after one surface on the side opposite to the plastic film in the epoxy resin layer has been fixedly attached to the object.
  • In this case, when the insulating layer 243 is formed, a pressure may be applied, as appropriate, in a state in which the second metal plate 242, the epoxy resin layer, and the module 241 are laminated. Depending on thermal capacity of the second metal plate 242, when the epoxy resin layer is cured by raising the heating temperature thereof to about 170° C., the ability of the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 to be fixedly attached to each other can be degraded, and when the curing is performed at a heating temperature reduced to about 150° C., electric insulation between the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 can be degraded. Thus, there is a trade-off relationship between the attachment ability and electric insulation ability. Accordingly, where the requirements relating to both the attachment ability and the electric insulation ability are not satisfied because of large thermal capacity of the second metal plate 242, for example, the epoxy resin layers of two sheet-shaped adhesives may be laminated, one epoxy resin layer may be cured at 170° C. to ensure electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity, and then the other epoxy resin layer may be cured at 150° C. to ensure the attachment ability and thermal conductivity. More specifically, after one epoxy resin layer has been attached to one surface of the second metal plate 242, which is the object, at 170° C., the other epoxy resin layer and the module 241 may be laminated and this other epoxy resin layer may be cured at 150° C.
  • The outer dimensions that determine the outer circumferential shape of the insulating layer 243 and the second metal plate 242 match the outer dimensions of the outer frame section 231 of the lead frame 230, but such matching is not always necessary.
  • Further, in the wiring board 240, a first plated layer (not shown in the figure) that is formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate 203 and that has high adhesion to the insulating layer 243 is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233. In this case, where the material for the first metal plate 203 is Cu, for example, Ni or the like may be used as the material for the first plated layer. Since the first plated layer is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233 in the wiring board 240, the oxidation and corrosion of the pattern 233 can be inhibited and the degradation of the attachment ability of the pattern 233 and the insulating layer 243 can be also inhibited. As a result, thermal resistance between the die pad 234 and the heat sink 235 and the second metal plate 242 can be prevented from changing with time.
  • In the module 241, a relief structure section 239 (see FIG. 6) that increases the adhesion to the holding section 244 is provided on the side edge of the pattern 233. In short, in the abovementioned lead frame 230, the relief structure section 239 is formed at the side edge of the pattern 233 during the manufacturing process. The relief structure section 239 is formed by providing steps that reduce the thickness on at least either of both surfaces in the thickness direction of the lead frame 230. For example, a pressing method or an etching method may be used, as appropriate, for forming such relief structure section 239. In any case, the lead frame 230 is formed by patterning the first metal plate 203 through pressing or etching.
  • In the abovementioned module 241, the adhesion between the pattern 233 and the holding section 244 can be improved by providing the relief structure section 239 at the side edge of the pattern 233. Therefore, when the module 241 is cut off from the lead frame 230, the holding section 244 can be prevented from peeling off or dropping off from the pattern 233. Further, since the relief structure section 239 is provided at the side edge of the pattern 233 in the wiring board 240, the creeping distance between the second metal plate 242 and the LED chip 210 mounted on the die pad 234 can be increased.
  • Further, in the pattern 233 of the wiring board 240, a second plated layer 247 (see FIG. 10B) formed of a metal material superior in oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance to the first metal plate 203 is formed on the respective main surfaces of a zone electrically connected to the die pad 234 and the LED chip 210 (the distal end portion of the lead 236 to which the bonding wire 214 can be joined), a zone where a Zener diode ZD can be mounted, and a zone where the below-described connector CN for power supply can be mounted. Therefore, the decrease in adhesion to the LED chip 210, Zener diode ZD, and connector CN caused by the oxidation of the pattern 233 and the decrease in attachment ability of the LED chip 210, Zener diode ZD, and connector CN caused by the corrosion of the pattern 233 can be inhibited. When the material for the first metal plate 203 is Cu, where the second plated layer 247 is constituted, for example, by a laminated film of a Ni layer, a Pd layer, and an Au layer, part of the light emitted from the LED chip 210 can be reflected by the second plated layer 247 and the efficiency of taking the light out to the outside is increased.
  • Further, in the wiring board 240, a third plated layer (not shown in the figure) constituted by a Ni film formed simultaneously with the Ni film that is the lowermost layer of the second plated layer 247 is formed on the zone on the main surface side of the pattern 233 where the second plated layer 247 has not been formed.
  • The second metal plate 242 is formed in the elongated plate shape. Here, the second metal plate 242 may be provided with a plurality of fins on the side opposite to the module 241. The fins in this case may be formed along the longitudinal direction of the second metal plate 242 and may be arranged with the same pitch in the lateral direction of the second metal plate 242.
  • In the LED unit 250, the LED chip 210 is mounted on each die pad 234 of the above-described wiring board 240. The LED chip 210 is provided with a pair of electrodes 211, 212 (see FIG. 6) at one surface side in the thickness direction. One electrode 211 is electrically connected to the lead 236 through the bonding wire 214, and the other electrode 212 is electrically connected to the heat sink 235 through the bonding wire 214. However, the electrodes may be also formed on both surfaces of the LED chip 210 in the thickness direction. In this case, one electrode may be electrically connected to the heat sink 235 through the die pad 234, and the other electrode may be electrically connected to the lead 236 through the bonding wire (see FIG. 3).
  • In order to prevent an overvoltage from being applied to the LED chips 210 in the wiring board 240 of the LED unit 250, a Zener diode ZD of a surface mounting type for overvoltage prevention is disposed across the heat sink 235 and the lead 236 that is not bonded by the bonding wire 214. In this case, the Zener diode ZN is electrically connected to the heat sink 235 and the lead 236. The Zener diode ZD is electrically connected by joining a pair of outer connection electrodes of the Zener diode ZD, through soldering or the like, to the second plated layers 247 of the heat sink 235 and the lead 236.
  • In the LED unit 250, an optical member 260 that controls the distribution of light emitted from the LED chip 210 is provided for each base unit 233 a of the pattern 233. The optical member 260 is formed in a dome-like shape from a translucent material and fixedly attached to the main front surface side of the wiring board 240 in the form such that the LED chip 210 is accommodated between the wiring board 240 and the optical member.
  • The LED chip 210 and a sealing section 255 formed of a first translucent material and sealing the bonding wire 214 electrically connected to the LED chip 210 are loaded into the space surrounded by the optical member 260 and the wiring board 240. In this case, it is preferred that the sealing section 255 uses, for example, a silicone resin as the first translucent material and is in the form of a gel.
  • The LED unit 250 is also provided with a fluorescent material that is excited by the light emitted from the LED chip 210 and transmitted by the sealing section 255 and the optical member 260 and emits light of a color different from that of the light emitted by the LED chip 210, and a dome-shaped color conversion member 270 formed of a second translucent material. In this case, the color conversion member 270 is provided in the form of surrounding the LED chip 210 and the like between the wiring board 240 and the color conversion member on the main front surface side of the wiring board 240. More specifically, the color conversion member 270 is provided such that an air layer 280 is formed between the color conversion member and the light outgoing surface 260 b of the optical member 260 at the abovementioned one surface side of the wiring board 240. Further, in the holding section 244 of the wiring board 240, an annular barrier section 245 that blocks the first translucent material that oozes out when the optical member 260 is fixedly attached to the wiring board 240 is provided in a protruding condition on the outer side of the optical member 260 at the abovementioned one surface.
  • Further, in the barrier section 245, a plurality of (four in the present embodiment) hook sections 246 that extend inward from the inner circumferential surface of the barrier section 245 and that align the center of the barrier section 245 and the center axis of the optical member 260 are arranged at a distance from each other in the circumferential direction and also serve as alignment sections for the color conversion member 270.
  • The above-described LED unit 250 comprises the base unit 233 a, the holding section 244, the LED chip 210, and the light-emitting device 201 constituted by the sealing section 255, the optical member 260, and the color conversion member 270 for each base unit 233 a, and the light emitting devices 201 adjacent in the arrangement direction of the base units 233 a are coupled to each other through the connection piece 237 and electrically connected in series.
  • Each constituent element is described below in greater detail.
  • The LED chip 210 is a GaN blue LED chip emitting blue light. This chip is fabricated by epitaxially growing a light emitting section formed of a GaN compound semiconductor material on the main front surface side of a crystal growth substrate and formed of a laminated structural section having, for example, a double-hetero structure, then fixedly attaching a support substrate (for example, a Si substrate or the like) that will support the light emitting section to the light emitting section, and then removing the crystal growth substrate. The structure of the LED chip 210 is not particularly limited. For example, a configuration may be used in which the light emitting section is provided on the main front surface side of the crystal growth substrate formed of an n-type SiC substrate or an n-type GaN substrate and electrodes are provided on both surfaces in the thickness direction. Each electrode is constituted, for example, by a laminated film of a Ni film and an Au film, but those materials are not particularly limited, and any material with good ohmic characteristic may be used. For example, aluminum may be used.
  • When the LED chip 210 is provided with a support substrate such as the above-mentioned Si substrate, or when a SiC substrate or a GaN substrate is used, thermal resistance from the light emitting section to the die pad 234 can be reduced by comparison with the case in which a sapphire substrate, which is an electric insulator, is used and left as the crystal growth substrate. The light emitted from the LED chip 210 is not limited to the blue light and may be, for example, violet light and ultraviolet light.
  • As shown in FIG. 8, the LED chip 210 is mounted on the die pad 234 of the wiring board 240. As a result, the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be radiated via the die pad 234, the insulating layer 243, and the second metal plate 242.
  • However, as shown in FIG. 9, the LED chip 210 may be also mounted on the die pad 234 through a sub-mount member 215 relieving the stresses acting upon the LED chip 210 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the LED chip 210 and the die pad 234. In this case, the sub-mount member 215 is formed in a rectangular plate shape with a planar size larger than the chip size of the LED chip 210.
  • In addition to the abovementioned function of relieving the stresses, the sub-mount member 215 also has a heat conduction function of causing the conduction of heat generated in the LED chip 210 within a range wider than the chip size of the LED chip 210 in the base unit 233 a. Therefore, in the LED unit 250, the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be efficiently radiated through the sub-mount member 215, the base unit 233 a, and the second metal plate 242. Further, by providing the light emitting device 201 with the sub-mount member 215, it is possible to relieve the stresses acting upon the LED chip 210 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the LED chip 210 and the die pad 234.
  • AlN that has a comparatively high thermal conductivity and electric insulation ability is used as a material for the sub-mount member 215. The LED chip 210 and the sub-mount member 215 may be joined by using, for example, a solder such as SnPb, AuSn, and SnAgCu, or a silver paste, but it is preferred that the joining be performed by using a lead-free solder such as AuSn and SnAgCu. When the sub-mount member 215 is from AlN and joined using AuSn, a pretreatment of forming a metal layer made of Au or Ag should be perfumed in advance on the joining surfaces of the sub-mount member 215 and the LED chip 210. Further, it is preferred that the sub-mount member 215 and the die pad 234 be joined using a lead-free solder such as AuSn and SnAgCu. In this case, when the joining is performed using AuSn, a pretreatment of forming a metal layer made of Au or Ag should be perfumed in advance on the joining surface of the die pad 234.
  • The material for the sub-mount member 215 is not limited to AlN, and any material with a comparatively small difference in linear expansion coefficient with the LED chip 210 and a comparatively high thermal conductivity can be used. For example, SiC composite, Si, CuW, or the like may be used. The thickness of the sub-mount member 215 is preferably set such that the surface of the sub-mount member 215 is farther from the base unit 233 a than the surface of the barrier section 245 of the wiring board 240. Where such thickness of the sub-mount member 215 is set, the light radiated sideways from the LED chip 210 can be prevented from being absorbed by the holding section 244 through the inner circumferential surface of the barrier section 245.
  • Further, in the sub-mount member 215, a reflective film that reflects light emitted from the LED chip 210 is formed around a jointing section of the LED chip 210 and the sub-mount member 215 (that is, a section that overlaps the LED chip 210) on the surface of the sub-mount member on the side where the LED chip 210 is to be joined. As a result, the absorption of the light emitted from the side surface of the LED chip 210 by the sub-mount member 215 can be prevented and the light take-out efficiency can be further increased. In this case, the reflective film on the sub-mount member 215 may be constituted, for example, by a laminated film of a Ni film and an Ag film, but the material for the reflective film is not particularly limited and may be selected, as appropriate, for example, according to the light emission wavelength of the LED chip 210. When a chip in which electrodes are provided on both surfaces in the thickness direction is used as the LED chip 210, a conductive pattern that is electrically connected to the electrode disposed in the LED chip 210 on the sub-mount member 215 side may be provided at the sub-mount member 215, and the conductive pattern may be electrically connected to the heat sink 235 through a bonding wire formed of a fine metal wire (for example, a fine gold wire or a fine aluminum wire).
  • Incidentally, as mentioned hereinabove, the holding section 244 of the wiring board 240 is provided for each base unit 233 a. A round first opening 244 a (see FIG. 5B) through which the die pad 234 and parts of the leads 236 are exposed and a rectangular second opening 244 b (see FIG. 5B) through which a zone for mounting the Zener diode ZD is exposed are formed in the center of the holding section 244. The second opening 244 b is formed such that part of the lead frame 236 in the zone disposed along the outer circumferential edge of the heat sink 235 and a zone of the heat sink 235 close to this part of the lead frame 236 are exposed. Further, a rectangular third opening 244 c (see FIG. 5B) is formed in the holding section 244, and a zone on which the below-described connector CN can be mounted is exposed through the third opening 244 c. This third opening 244 c is formed such that part of the wiring 238 and a zone of the heat sink 235 close to this part of the wiring 238 are exposed.
  • In the wiring board 240, a second plated layer 247 formed of a laminated film of a Ni film, a Pd film, and an Au film is also formed on the zones exposed through the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c on the front surface side of the pattern 233. A third plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on a zone other than a zone where the second plated layer 247 is formed on the front surface side of the pattern 233.
  • A silicone resin is used as the first translucent material for the above-described sealing section 255, but the silicone resin is not a limiting material and, for example, an acrylic resin may be used. Glass may be also used as the first translucent material.
  • The optical member 260 is a molded article from a translucent material (for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, or glass) that is formed in a dome-like shape. In the present embodiment, the optical member 260 is constituted by a molded article from a silicone resin, and therefore the differences in refractive index and linear expansion coefficient between the optical member 260 and the sealing section 255 can be reduced. When the material for the sealing section 255 is an acrylic resin, it is preferred that the optical member 260 be also formed of the acrylic resin.
  • Incidentally, in the optical member 260, the light outgoing surface 260 b is formed in a convex curved shape such that the light falling from a light incidence surface 260 a does not undergo total reflection at the boundary of the light outgoing surface 260 b and the above-described air layer 280, and the light outgoing surface 260 b is disposed such that the optical axes thereof and the LED chip 210 coincide. Therefore, the light that is emitted from the LED chip 210 and falls on the light incidence surface 260 a of the optical member 260 easily reaches the color conversion member 270, without undergoing total reflection at the boundary of the light outgoing surface 260 b and the air layer 280, and the total light flux can be increased. Further, the light emitted from the side surface of the LED chip 210 propagates through the sealing section 255, the optical member 260, and the air layer 280, reaches the color conversion member 270 and excites the fluorescent material of the color conversion member 270, or is scattered by the fluorescent material, or is transmitted by the color conversion member 270, without colliding with the fluorescent material. The optical member 260 is formed to have a uniform thickness along the normal direction, regardless of the position.
  • The color conversion member 270 is constituted by a molded article of a mixture prepared by mixing a second translucent material such as a silicone resin with particles of a yellow fluorescent material that emits light of a board yellow system when excited by the blue light emitted from the LED chip 210. Therefore, in the LED unit 250, the blue light emitted from the LED chip 210 and the light emitted from the yellow fluorescent material are emitted through an outer surface 270 b of the color conversion member 270 and thereby white light can be obtained. The second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 270 is not limited to the silicone resin and may be, for example, an acrylic resin, glass, or an organic-inorganic hybrid material prepared by mixing and bonding organic and inorganic components at a nanometer level or molecular level. Further, the particles of the fluorescent material mixed with the second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 270 are not limited to the yellow fluorescent material. For example, white light can be also obtained by mixing a red fluorescent material and a green fluorescent material, and when the red fluorescent material and green fluorescent material are mixed together, color rendering ability can be increased.
  • In this case, the inner surface 270 a of the color conversion member 270 is formed to follow the shape of the light outgoing surface 260 b of the optical member 260. Therefore, the distance between the light outgoing surface 260 b and the inner surface 270 a of the color conversion member 270 in the normal direction is substantially constant, regardless of the position of the light outgoing surface 260 b of the optical member 260. Further, the color conversion member 270 is formed such that the thickness thereof in the normal direction is uniform, regardless of the position. The end edge (circumferential edge of the opening) of the color conversion member 270 on the wiring board 240 side may be fixedly attached to the wiring board 240, for example, with an adhesive (for example, a silicone resin, an epoxy resin, or the like).
  • The barrier section 245 also serves as an alignment section for the color conversion member 270. In this case, the number of the abovementioned hook sections 246 for centering is not limited to four, but it is preferred that the number thereof be at least three. Further, a small width of the hook sections 246 is preferred from the standpoint of increasing the allowed amount of the first translucent material that can remain between the barrier section 245 and the optical member 260. It is also possible to provide an annular concave groove for positioning the color conversion member 270 in the wiring board 240, without providing the barrier section 245.
  • Further, in the color conversion member 270, a notched section 271 (see FIG. 8) that engages with the barrier section 245 is formed along the entire circumference in the end edge of the color conversion member on the wiring board 240 side. Therefore, in the light emitting device 201 of the present embodiment, the accuracy of positioning the color conversion member 270 with respect to the holding section 244 of the wiring board 240 can be increased and the gap between the color conversion member 270 and the optical member 260 can be reduced. The notched section 271 is open at the end edge side of the color conversion member 270 and at the inner surface 270 a side.
  • A connector CN is mounted on the light emitting device 201 (light emitting device 201 at the left end in FIG. 7A) that is provided with the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned one end in the arrangement direction of the plurality of base units 233 a, from among the plurality of light emitting devices 201 of the LED unit 250, and further a connector CN is also mounted on the light emitting device 201 (light emitting device 201 at the right end in FIG. 7A) that is provided with the base unit 233 a at the above-mentioned other end, from among the plurality of light emitting devices 201 of the LED unit 250. In this case, each connector CN is of a surface mounting type, and one contact from a pair of contacts of each connector CN is joined and electrically connected, through soldering, to the heat sink 235, and the other contact from the pair of contacts is joined and electrically connected, through soldering, to the wiring 238. Therefore, for example, when a pair of electric cables 290 is provided, at one end of the pair of electric cables 290, with a connector (referred to hereinbelow as an output connector) 291 detachably connected to the connector CN of the light emitting device 201 at the right end of the LED unit 250, and a connector (referred to hereinbelow as input connector) 292 provided at the other end of the pair of electric cables 290 is connected to a connector in the output terminal of a lighting device (not shown in the figure), power can be supplied from the lighting device to the series circuit of the LED chips 210 of the LED unit 250 to light up the LED chips 210. In the example shown in FIG. 7, the connector CN of the light emitting device 201 at the right end of the LED unit 250 and the input connector 292 are both female connectors, and the output connector 291 and the connector CN of the light emitting device 201 at the left end of the LED unit 250 are both male connectors, but the male and female configurations may be reversed. Further, since the connector CN can be mounted for each light emitting device 201, only an arbitrary number of the light emitting devices 201 from among a plurality of the light emitting devices 201 (eight in the example shown in FIG. 7) that can be fabricated per one pitch of the lead frame 230 can be cut out when the LED unit 250 is manufactured.
  • The method for manufacturing the LED unit 250 is described below in a simple manner with reference to FIG. 10 to FIG. 12 and also FIG. 5 and FIG. 7.
  • First a pattern formation step (preliminary step) is performed in which the lead frame 230 shown in FIG. 1 is formed by pressing or etching the first metal plate 203 shown in FIG. 4. Then, a first plating step is performed in which, for example, the first plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233, and the third plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the main front surface of the pattern 233. Then, a second plating step of forming the Pd film and the Au film of the second plated layer 247 is performed, thereby obtaining the structure shown in FIG. 10. In the first plating step, the first plated layer and the third plated layer are also formed on the zone of the support piece 232 of the lead frame 230 that is positioned on the inside with respect to the outer circumferential edge of the holding section 244. Further, in the second plating step, the third plated layer is formed by a spot plating method, thereby decreasing the amount of Au used and reducing cost.
  • After the second plating step, a molding step is performed in which the holding section 244 is formed by injection molding. As a result, the structure shown in FIG. 11 is obtained in which the module 241 is supported by the outer frame section 231 through by the support piece 232.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 12, a cutting step is performed in which the module 241 is cut off from the support piece 232 of the lead frame 230, and a joining step is performed in which the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 are joined together through the insulating layer 243. As a result, the wiring board 240 with the structure shown in FIG. 5 is obtained.
  • A mounting step is then performed in which the LED chip 210 is mounted on the die pad 234 and the Zener diode ZD and the connector CN are mounted and the LED chip 210 is electrically connected, through the bonding wire 214, to the appropriate zones (in the configuration shown in FIG. 2, the lead 236 and the heat sink 235; in the configuration shown in FIG. 3, only the lead 236) of the base unit 233 a. Then, a sealing step is performed in which the LED chip 210 and the bonding wire 214 are sealed with the sealing section 255. In the sealing step, initially, the liquid first translucent material (for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like) constituting a portion of the sealing section 255 is injected into the gap between the outer side surface of the LED chip 210 and the inner circumferential surface of the first opening 244 a and then is cured. Then, the liquid first translucent material (for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like) constituting the remaining portion of the abovementioned sealing section 255 is injected into the dome-shaped optical member 260. The optical member 260 is then disposed at the predetermined position in the wiring board 240 and the first translucent material is cured, thereby forming the sealing section 255 and, at the same time, fixedly attaching the optical member 260 to the wiring board 240. By injecting a large amount of the liquid first translucent material into the optical member 260 in this sealing step, it is possible to prevent the appearance of bubbles (voids) in the sealing section 255 in the manufacturing process. Further, in the mounting step (first mounting step) preceding the sealing step, only the LED chip 210 may be mounted and then the second mounting step of mounting the Zener diode ZN and connector CN may be performed after the sealing step.
  • After the above-described LED chip 210, Zener diode ZD, and connector CN have been mounted and the sealing section 255 has been formed, an attachment step of attaching the color conversion member 270 to the wiring board 240 is performed. As a result, the LED unit 250 of the structure shown in FIG. 7 is obtained.
  • In the lead frame 230 of the above-described embodiment, the pattern 233 supported by the support piece 232 inside of the one-pitch outer frame section 231 comprises a plurality of base units 233 a, each of which comprises the die pad 234 on which the LED chip 210 is mounted, the heat sink 235 that extends from the die pad 234 so as to surround the die pad 234 and that is electrically connected to one electrode 211 of the LED chip 210, and the lead 236 that is electrically connected to the other electrode of the LED chip 210, and the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a are coupled and electrically connected in series. As a result, in the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment, the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the LED unit 250 in which the plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost. For example, the LED unit 250 manufactured by using such lead frame 230 is reduced in cost, compared with the LED unit in which a plurality of light emitting devices 100 configured as shown in FIG. 60 and manufactured using the lead frame 300 shown in FIG. 61 are mounted on the metal base printed wiring board and a plurality of LED chips 161 are connected and used in series.
  • In the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment, the lead 236 is disposed on the inside of the cut-in groove 235 a formed toward the die pad 234 from the outer circumferential edge of the heat sink 235. Therefore, the distance between the die pad 234 and the lead 236 can be reduced. As a result, the distance between the LED chip 210 and the lead 236 can be reduced, the length of the bonding wire 214 that is connected to the LED chip 210 can be reduced and therefore the optical member 260 and the color conversion member 270 can be reduced in size.
  • Further, in the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment, the plurality of base units 233 a are arranged along the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 231. Therefore, such lead frame can be used in the manufacture of a fine long LED unit 250.
  • Further, in the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment, the pattern 233 is provided with the wiring 238 that is located lateral to the heat sink 235 across the plurality of the base units 233 a, and this wire 238 is coupled to and electrically connected to the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 231. As a result, when the lead frame 230 is used in a state in which one LED chip 210 is mounted for each base unit 233 a and the pattern 233 is separated from the outer frame section 231, as in the above-described LED unit 250, power can be supplied to the series circuit of all of the LED chips 210 by supplying power between the wiring 238 and the heat sink 235 of the base unit 233 a at the other end in the arrangement direction of the plurality of base units 233 a.
  • The wiring board 240 of the present embodiment comprises the module 241 that is formed using the first metal plate 203 and that has the pattern 233 to which a plurality of LED chips 210 disposed on the main front surface side thereof can be connected in series, the second metal plate 242 disposed on the rear surface side of the module 241, and the insulating layer 243 that has electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity and that is interposed between the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 to join thermally the pattern 233 and the second metal plate 242. The pattern 233 is cut off from the above-described lead frame 230. The module 241 of the wiring board 240 is provided with the holding section 244 formed of an insulating material and holding the die pad 234, the heat sink 235, and the lead 236 for each base unit 233 a of the pattern 233. Therefore, the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the LED unit 250 in which the plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost.
  • In the LED unit 250 of the present embodiment, the LED chip 210 is mounted on each die pad 234 of the abovementioned wiring board 240, and when both electrodes are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction of the LED chip 210, each electrode of the LED chip 210, the lead 236, and the heat sink 235 are electrically connected through the respective bonding wires 214, as shown in FIG. 2. As a result, in the LED unit 250 of the present embodiment, the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be efficiently radiated from the heat sink 235 and the die pad 234 formed using the above-described lead frame 230 through the second metal plate 242, the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the cost is reduced.
  • When the electrodes are provided at both surfaces in the thickness direction of the LED chip 210 in the LED unit 250, one electrode of the LED chip 210 is electrically connected, through the die pad 234, to the heat sink 235, and the other electrode is electrically connected, through the bonding wire 214, to the lead 236, as shown in FIG. 3. With such configuration, it is also possible to inhibit the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210, increase the light output, and reduce the cost.
  • In each of the light emitting devices 201 of the LED unit 250 of the present embodiment, the air layer 280 is interposed between the dome-shaped color conversion member 270 and the optical member 260. Therefore, in the light that is emitted from the LED chip 210, passes through the sealing section 255 and the optical member 260, falls on the color conversion member 270, and is scattered by the particles of the fluorescent material of the color conversion member 270, the quantity of light that is scattered toward the optical member 260 side and transmitted by the optical member 260 can be reduced and the efficiency of taking the light from each light emitting device 201 to the outside can be increased.
  • In the LED unit 250 of the present embodiment, the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c are formed in the holding section 244 of the wiring board 240. Therefore, the second plated layer 247 may be formed, through spot plating, on the zones of the lead 236, heat sink 235, and wiring 238 that are exposed in the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c, and the Zener diode ZD and the connector CN can be each mounted with good positional accuracy by taking the second opening 244 b and the third opening 244 c as the respective marks.
  • In the above-described example, one LED chip 120 with a chip size of 1 mm□ is mounted for one base unit 233 a, but the chip size of the LED chip 210 and the number of chips are not particularly limited. For example, an LED chip 210 with a chip size of 0.3 mm□ may be used, and as shown in FIG. 13, a plurality (two in the example shown in the figure) of LED chips 210 may be mounted for each base unit 233 a. In this case, two LED chips 210 are connected in parallel for one base unit 233 a, and the parallel circuits of two LED chips 210 that are equal in number to the base units 233 a are connected in series. Further, a plurality of LED chips 210 may be mounted on the sub-mount member 215 shown in FIG. 9.
  • Further, in the wiring board 240 using the above-described lead frame 230, the pattern 233 is provided with the wiring 238 located lateral to the heat sink 235 across the plurality of base units 233 a, and this wiring 238 is coupled to and electrically connected to the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at one end in the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 231, but such configuration is not limited. For example, the lead frame 230 may be configured such that the wiring 238 could be used as extended connection, without connecting the wiring 238 with the lead 236 of the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned one end. When the wiring board 240 using such a lead frame 230 is fabricated, the second plated layers 247 (two second plated layers 247 in the upper left section in FIG. 14A) that have been formed at the lead 236 and the wiring 238 may be exposed, as shown in FIG. 14, so as to enable the mounting of the connector for the extended connection that is provided with contacts electrically and individually connected to the lead 236 and the wiring 238. In this case, a plurality of LED units 250 are arranged in a row on one straight line, and the connector for the extended connection that is connected to the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned one end of one LED unit 250 is electrically connected, through a connector cable, to the connector CN mounted on the base unit 233 a at the abovementioned other end of the other LED unit 250 between the adjacent LED units 250, and power can be supplied from one lighting device to all of the LED units 250.
  • In the lead frame 230 used in the fabrication of the wiring board 240 shown in FIG. 14, two cut-in grooves 235 a of the heat sink 235 are oriented so as to approach each other and the center line positions thereof are aligned. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 15, the degree of freedom in arranging the LED chips 210 in the case where a large number of LED chips 210 are mounted on the die pad 234 is increased.
  • Incidentally, in the wiring board 240 and the LED unit 250 explained hereinabove, the pattern 233 formed using the lead frame 230 is provided with the connection piece 237 that connects the lead 236 of one base unit 233 a among the mutually adjacent base units 233 a and the heat sink 235 of the other base unit 233 a. Therefore, the LED unit 250 can be reduced in cost.
  • However, in the abovementioned wiring board 240 and the LED unit 250, substantially the entire pattern 233 is connected to the insulating layer 243. Therefore, there is a worry that the pattern 233 is peeled off from the insulating layer 243 by the stresses acting upon the pattern 233 due to a difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242 in the temperature range of use, for example, in the case where materials with different linear expansion coefficients are used for the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242.
  • Accordingly, for example, as shown in FIG. 16, a space 248 may be provided between the connection piece 237 and the insulating layer 243 in the wiring board 240, and the connection piece 237 may be provided with a stress relieving section 237 b that is bent so as to absorb the stresses acting on the pattern 233 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242. Further, since the pattern 233 of the wiring board 240 shown in FIG. 16 is also provided with the wiring 238, a space 249 may be provided between the wiring 238 and the insulating layer 243, in relation to the zone positioned at the side of the connection piece 237, and the wiring 238 may be also provided with a stress relieving section 238 b that is bent so as to absorb the stresses acting on the pattern 233 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242. In the example shown in FIG. 16, when the longitudinal direction for the second metal plate 242 (that is, the arrangement direction of the base units 233 a) is taken as an x axis direction, the lateral direction of the second metal plate 242 is taken as a y axis direction, and the thickness direction of the second metal plate 242 is taken as a z axis direction, the stress relieving sections 237 b, 238 b may be formed by performing pressing such that the connection piece 237 and the wiring 238 are bent in the z axis direction before the pattern 233 and the insulating layer 243 are joined together. In this case, the stress relieving sections 237 b, 238 b shown in FIG. 16 are bent to have an inverted V shape in the cross section (an x-z plane) perpendicular to the y axis direction. With the wiring board 240 such as shown in FIG. 16, since the stress relieving sections 237 b, 238 b are provided, the pattern 233 can be prevented from being peeled off from the insulating layer 243 by the stresses acting upon the pattern 233 due to a difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242 even when materials with different linear expansion coefficients are used for the first metal plate 203 and the second metal plate 242.
  • The shapes of the stress relieving sections 237 b, 238 b are not limited to those of the example shown in FIG. 16 and, for example, may be such as shown in FIG. 17. The stress relieving sections 237 b, 238 b in FIG. 17 are obtained by bending the connection piece 237 and the wiring 238, respectively, in a V-like shape within the plane (an x-y plane) parallel to the joining plane of the second metal plate 242 with the insulating layer 243. In this case, the stress relieving section 237 b of the connection piece 237 and the stress relieving section 238 b of the wiring 238 are bent in a manner such that the distance between the central portions of the section 237 b and the section 238 b is larger than that between the ends of the section 237 b and the section 238 b at both sides.
  • The shape of the stress relieving sections 237 b, 238 b is not particularly limited to the V-like shape and may be different therefrom. Further, in the examples illustrated by FIG. 16 and FIG. 17, the pattern 233 is provided with the wiring 238, but providing the wiring 238 is not always necessary.
    • Embodiment 2
  • The basic configuration of the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment illustrated by FIG. 18A and FIG. 18B is substantially identical to that of Embodiment 1, the difference therebetween being that a plurality of basic units 233 a are disposed so as to surround the center of the region surrounded by the outer frame section 231. The constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 1 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted, as appropriate. FIG. 18A is a schematic perspective view of two-pitch sections of the lead frame 230.
  • In the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment, a plurality (ten in the example shown in the figure) of base units 233 a is disposed separately on two concentric virtual circles, and the number of the die pads 234 on the virtual circle positioned relatively outside is larger than the number of the die pads 234 on the virtual circle positioned relatively inside. Therefore, in the wiring board 240 (see FIG. 22) manufactured using such lead frame 230, the arrangement of the die pads 234 is the same as in the lead frame 230. Further, in the LED unit 250 (see FIG. 24) manufactured using the wiring board 240, when the number of the LED chip units 210 (see FIG. 8 and FIG. 9) mounted on each die pad 234 is the same (for example, one), the number of the LED chips 210 on the virtual circle positioned relatively outside is larger than the number of the LED chips 210 on the virtual circle positioned relatively inside, those two virtual circles being taken as a reference.
  • Further, the pattern 233 of the lead frame 230 is provided with two power feed lines 139 extending from respective heat sinks 235 of two base units 233 a for feeding power to the series circuit of the LED chips 210.
  • Further, in the wiring board 240, second plated layers 247 (see FIG. 22) having a laminated structure of a Ni film, a Pd film, and an Au film are formed on the main front surfaces of the distal portions of the two power feed lines 139. Therefore, power can be supplied to the series circuit of the LED units 210 and the units can be lit up, for example, by connecting an electric cable for power feed from a lighting device (not shown in the figure) to the second plated layers 247 of the two power feed lines 139.
  • As shown in FIG. 24, in the wiring board 240 and the LED unit 250, the second metal plate 242 is formed in a round disk shape, and an electric cable insertion hole 242 c through which a pair of electric cables for power feed can be inserted is formed in the central portion of the second metal plate 242. Further, a plurality (four in the example shown in the figure) of holes 242 d for inserting screws that are used when attaching the LED unit 250 to another member such as a fixture body of an illumination fixture are formed substantially equidistantly in the circumferential direction of the second metal plate 242 in the circumferential section of the second metal plate 242.
  • A method for manufacturing the LED unit 250 is described below with reference to FIG. 18 to FIG. 22, but the explanation of steps similar to those of Embodiment 1 is omitted, as appropriate.
  • Initially, a pattern formation step is performed in which the lead frame 230 shown in FIG. 18 is formed by performing pressing or etching of the first metal plate 203. Then, the first plating step is performed in which, for example, the first plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the rear surface of the pattern 233 and the third plated layer constituted by a Ni film is formed on the main front surface of the pattern 233, and then the second plating step is performed in which a Pd film and an Au film of the second plated layer 247 are formed. As a result, the structure shown in FIG. 19 is obtained.
  • After the second plating step, a molding step of injection molding the holding section 244 is performed thereby obtaining the structure shown in FIG. 20 in which the module 241 is supported by the outer frame section 231 through the support piece 232.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 21, a cutting step is performed of cutting off the module 241 from the support piece 232 of the lead frame 230, and then a joining step is performed in which the module 241 and the second metal plate 242 are joined together through the insulating layer 243. As a result, the wiring board 240 with the structure shown in FIG. 22 is obtained. Here, the second metal plates 242 and the insulating layers 243 enabling multi-cavity are used.
  • A mounting step is then performed in which the LED chip 210 is mounted on the die pad 234 and the Zener diode ZD (see FIG. 23) is mounted, and the LED chip 210 is electrically connected to the appropriate portions of the base unit 233 a through the bonding wire 214. Then, a sealing step is performed in which the LED chip 210 and the bonding wire 214 (see FIG. 2 and FIG. 3) are sealed with the sealing section 255 (see FIG. 8 and FIG. 9). In the sealing step, initially, the liquid first translucent material (for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like) constituting a portion of the sealing section 255 is injected into the gap between the outer side surface of the LED chip 210 and the inner circumferential surface of the first opening 244 a (see FIG. 20B) and then is cured. Then, the liquid first translucent material (for example, a silicone resin, an acrylic resin, glass, or the like) constituting the remaining portion of the abovementioned sealing section 255 is injected into the dome-shaped optical member 260 (see FIG. 8, FIG. 9, and FIG. 23). The optical member 260 is then disposed at the predetermined position in the wiring board 240 and the first translucent material is cured, thereby forming the sealing section 255 and, at the same time, fixedly attaching the optical member 260 to the wiring board 240. Further, in the mounting step (first mounting step) preceding the sealing step, only the LED chip 210 may be mounted and then the second mounting step of mounting the Zener diode ZD and connector CN may be performed after the sealing step.
  • After the above-described LED chip 210, Zener diode ZD, and connector CN have been mounted and the sealing section 255 has been formed, an attachment step of attaching the color conversion member 270 to the wiring board 240 is performed. As a result, a plurality of LED units 250 are obtained as shown in FIG. 23. Then, the LED unit 250 shown in FIG. 24 is obtained by cutting into individual LED units 250.
  • In the lead frame 230 of the present embodiment explained above, a plurality of base units 233 a are disposed so as to surround the center of the region surrounded by the outer frame section 231. Therefore, the circular LED unit 250 in which a plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost.
  • In the wiring board 240 of the present embodiment, similarly to Embodiment 1, the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 is inhibited, the light output is increased, and the LED unit 250 in which the plurality of LED chips 210 are connected and used in series is reduced in cost.
  • In the LED unit 250 of the present embodiment, similarly to Embodiment 1, the heat generated by the LED chip 210 can be efficiently radiated from the heat sink 235 and the die pad 234 formed using the above-described lead frame 230 through the second metal plate 242, the increase in temperature of the LED chip 210 can be inhibited, the light output is increased, and the cost is reduced.
  • The space 248 and the stress relieving section 237 b explained hereinabove with reference to FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 may be also provided in the wiring board 240 and the LED unit 250 of the present embodiment.
  • In the above-described embodiments, the light emitting device 201 is provided with the color conversion member 270, but when the LED chip 210 itself can emit white light or when a fluorescent material is dispersed in the sealing section 255, a structure that is not provided with the above-described color conversion member 270 can be also used.
    • Embodiment 3
  • A light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 25 to FIG. 32.
  • The light emitting unit 1 comprises a mounting substrate 2 and a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements 3 disposed on one surface side of the mounting substrate 2.
  • The mounting substrate 2 comprises a heat transfer plate 21 having the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21, a wiring pattern 22 disposed on the other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 and electrically connected to the solid-state light emitting elements 3, and an insulating layer 23 (first insulating layer 23) interposed between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22. In this configuration, the heat transfer plate 21 is formed of the first metal plate, and the wiring pattern 22 is formed of a second metal plate with a linear expansion coefficient different from that of the first metal plate. The mounting substrate 2 is provided with a base substrate 24 that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate and is disposed on the side of the wiring pattern 22 that is opposite to the heat transfer plate 21, and a second insulating layer 25 interposed between the wiring pattern 22 and the base substrate 24.
  • Each constituent element of the light emitting unit 1 is described below in greater detail.
  • The mounting substrate 2 is formed in an elongated shape, and on the abovementioned one surface side thereof, a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements 3 are disposed along the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 2.
  • The heat transfer plate 21 is formed in an elongated shape (in this configuration, a narrow rectangular plate-like shape). A metal with a high thermal conductivity such as aluminum, copper or the like is preferred as the material for the first metal plate serving as a foundation for the heat transfer plate 21. However, the material for the first metal plate is not limited to the aforementioned metals and may be, for example, stainless steel or steel.
  • It is preferred that the heat transfer plate 21 have the function of a reflective plate, and it is more preferred that aluminum be used as the material for the first metal plate. It is further preferred that the first metal plate of the heat transfer plate 21 be an aluminum plate, an aluminum film of a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate be laminated on the side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the first insulating layer 23 side, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes be laminated on the aluminum film. In this case, for example, a SiO2 film and a TiO2 film are preferably used as the dielectric films of two types. When such a heat transfer plate 21 is used, the reflectance with respect to the visible light can be made equal to or greater than 95%. For example, MIRO 2 and MIRO (registered trade marks) manufactured by Alanod Co., can be used as the heat transfer plate 21. An aluminum plate that has been surface treated by anodization may be used as the aforementioned aluminum plate. The thickness of the heat transfer plate 21 may be set, as appropriate, for example within a range of about 0.2 mm to about 3 mm.
  • An LED chip is used as the solid-state light emitting element 3, but such a selection is not limited and, for example, a packaged LED chip may be also used. For example, a laser diode (semiconductor laser) or an organic EL element may be used as the solid-state light emitting element 3.
  • In the solid-state light emitting element 3, as shown in FIG. 27, a first electrode (anode electrode) 31 and a second electrode (cathode electrode) 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction, and the other surface side in the thickness direction is joined, through a joining section 35, to the heat transfer plate 21. In the solid-state light emitting element 3, the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are electrically connected to the wiring pattern 22 through respective wires (bonding wires) 26. In this configuration, through holes 21 b for passing the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plate 21. The through holes 21 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting element 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21. Each through hole 21 b has a round opening shape. The inner diameter of each through hole 21 b is set to 0.5 mm, but this value is merely exemplary and is not particularly limited. The shape of each through hole 21 b is not necessarily round and may be rectangular or elliptical. When the solid-state light emitting element 3 is an LED chip, the joining section 35 may be formed of a die bond material.
  • The LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip emitting blue light, and a chip provided with a sapphire substrate as the substrate is used. However, the substrate of the LED chip is not limited to the sapphire substrate and, for example, a GaN substrate, a SiC substrate, and a Si substrate may be used. The structure of the LED chip is not particularly limited.
  • The size of the LED chips is not particularly limited. For example, the chip size may be 0.3 mm□, 0.45 mm□, or 1 mm□.
  • The material and emission color of the light emitting layer of the LED chip are not particularly limited. For example, the LED chip is not limited to the blue LED chip and, for example, a violet LED chip, an ultraviolet LED chip, a red LED chip, a green LED chip, or the like may be used.
  • For example, a die bond material of a silicone system, a die bond material of an epoxy system, or a silver paste can be used as the die bond material.
  • For example, a gold wire, an aluminum wire or the like can be used as the wire 26.
  • Incidentally, when an LED chip is used as the solid-state light-emitting element 3, it is preferred that the light emitting unit 1 be provided with a sealing section 36 that seals the solid-state light-emitting element 3 and the wire 26 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21, as shown for example in FIG. 27. In FIG. 27, a silicone resin that is the first translucent material is used as the material for the sealing section 36. The first translucent material is not limited to the silicone resin and, for example, an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, glass or the like may be used.
  • Further, in order to obtain high-output white light when an LED chip is used as the solid-state light-emitting element 3, it is preferred that the light emitting unit 1 be provided with a color conversion unit 37 that has a wavelength converting material that emits light of a color different from the emission color of the LED chip. It is preferred that, for example, a fluorescent material emitting light of a color different from the emission color of the LED chip when excited by the light emitted from the LED chip be used as the wavelength converting material for the color conversion unit 37 and that a fluorescent material and a second translucent material be included.
  • The light emitting unit 1 uses, for example, a blue LED chip as the LED chip, and when a yellow fluorescent material is used as the fluorescent material for the color conversion unit 37, white light can be obtained. Thus, in the light emitting unit 1, the blue light emitted from the LED chip and the light emitted from the yellow fluorescent material are emitted through the front surface of the color conversion unit 37 and thereby white light can be obtained. The second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the silicone resin and may be, for example, an acrylic resin, glass, or an organic-inorganic hybrid material prepared by mixing and bonding organic and inorganic components at a nanometer level or molecular level. Further, the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material. For example, color rendering ability can be increased by using a yellow fluorescent material and a red fluorescent material, or a red fluorescent material and a green fluorescent material. Further, the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion unit 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material of one type, and yellow fluorescent materials of two types that have different emission peak wavelengths may be used.
  • Further, when white light can be radiated by an LED chip itself, when a fluorescent material is dispersed in the sealing section 36, or when the color of light which is wished to be obtained in the light emitting unit 1 is same as the color of light emitted by the LED chip, a configuration can be used that is not provided with the color conversion unit 37.
  • In the light emitting unit 1, the light conversion unit 37 is preferably in contact with the heat transfer plate 21. As a result, in the light emitting unit 1, not only the heat generated by the LED chip, but also the heat generated by the color conversion unit 37 can be radiated through the heat transfer plate 21 and the light output can be increased. In the example shown in FIG. 27, the color conversion unit 37 is formed in a semicylindrical shape and provided, in a form such as to surround the LED chip and the sealing section 36, between the color conversion unit and the heat transfer plate 21 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21. More specifically, the color conversion unit 37 is provided such that a gas layer (for example, an air layer) 38 is formed between the color conversion unit and the sealing section 36 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21. As shown in FIG. 33, in the light emitting unit 1, the color conversion unit 37 may have a semispherical shape, and the LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3, and the wire 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37. Further, as shown in FIG. 34, in the light emitting unit 1, the color conversion unit 37 may have a dome-like shape, and the LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3, and the wire 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37. Further, as shown in FIG. 35, in the light emitting unit 1, the color conversion unit 37 may be shaped as a layer, and the LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3, and the wire 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37. The color conversion unit 37 such as shown in FIG. 27 or FIG. 34 may be used in a molded form, and the end edge of the color conversion unit 37 (circumferential edge of the opening) on the heat transfer plate 21 side may be fixedly attached to the heat transfer plate 21 by using, for example, an adhesive (for example, a silicone resin or an epoxy resin). The color conversion unit 37 such as shown in FIG. 33 can be formed, for example, by a molding method. The color conversion unit 37 such as shown in FIG. 35 can be formed, for example, by a coating method using a dispenser or a screen printing method.
  • The wiring pattern 22 is formed of the second metal plate that has a linear expansion coefficient different from that of the heat transfer plate 21, as mentioned hereinabove. In this case, the second metal plate uses the lead frame 120 (see FIG. 32C) formed by punching a metal hoop material with a press.
  • Copper, which has a comparatively high thermal conductivity among the metals (thermal conductivity of copper is about 398 W/m·K) is preferred as a material for the second metal plate, but copper is not a limiting material and, for example, phosphorus bronze or a copper alloy (for example, 42 Alloy) may be used. It is also preferred that the thickness of the second metal plate be set, for example, within a range of from about 100 μm to about 1500 μm.
  • In the lead frame 120, the wiring pattern 22 is supported inside of the outer frame section 121 through the support piece 122 (see FIG. 32D).
  • In the wiring pattern 22, a first pattern 22 a to which the first electrode 31 of the solid-state light emitting element 3 is connected and a second pattern 22 b to which the second electrode 32 is connected are arranged in rows in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, a predetermined number (for example, 16) of the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b is provided and, as shown in FIG. 30, the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21. The first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b are formed in an elongated shape and disposed so that the longitudinal direction thereof matches that of the heat transfer plate 21. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, the first patterns 22 a arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 are divided into sets, each set including two first patterns 22 a, and the first patterns 22 a constituting the set are coupled to each other through a connection piece 22 c. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, the second patterns 22 b that are arranged in a row in a predetermined number (for example, 16) in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 are divided into sets, each set including two second patterns 22 b, and the second patterns 22 b forming the set are coupled to each other through a connection piece 22 d and electrically connected. The connection pieces 22 c, 22 d are constituted by linear first portions 22 ca, 22 da disposed along the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21 and second portions 22 cb, 22 db and third portions 22 cc, 22 dc extending in the opposite directions in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 from both ends of the first portions 22 ca, 22 da in the longitudinal direction. Further, the connection piece 22 c is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a, and the connection piece 22 d is formed to be narrower than the second pattern 22 b. In this case, in the wiring pattern 22, one base pattern 22 u is constituted by two first patterns 22 a forming a set, the connection piece 22 c that connects those two first patterns 22 a, two second patterns 22 b forming a set, and the connection piece 22 d that connects those two second patterns 22 b. In the above-described lead frame 120, a plurality of base units 22 u are arranged along the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 121. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, in the base patterns 22 u adjacent in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21, the first pattern 22 a of one base pattern 22 u and the second pattern 22 b of the other base pattern 22 u are coupled to each other through a linking piece 22 e and electrically connected. The linking piece 22 e is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b.
  • In the wiring pattern 22, a parallel circuit can be configured for each base pattern 22 u by connecting in parallel a predetermined number (for example, six) of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 that are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21, and the parallel circuits formed for each of the adjacent base patterns 22 u can be connected in series. Therefore, power can be supplied to all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 by supplying power between the first pattern 22 a at one end and the second pattern 22 b at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21.
  • The first insulating layer 23 is formed by thermally curing an epoxy resin layer of a thermosetting sheet-shaped adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet TSA manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) in which a plastic film (PET film) is laminated with a B-stage epoxy resin layer (thermosetting resin) that includes a filling material formed of a filler such as silica or alumina and can reduce the viscosity and increase the flowability under heating. An insulating material with a thermal conductivity higher than that of the epoxy resin, which is a thermosetting resin, may be used as the filler. In this case, the epoxy resin layer of the sheet-shaped adhesive features electric insulation ability, a high thermal conductivity, high flowability under heating, and high ability to adhere to a rough surface. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the appearance of gaps between the first insulating layer 23 and the heat transfer plate 21 or the wiring pattern 22, adhesion reliability is increased, and the increase in thermal resistance or the appearance of spread caused by insufficient adhesion can be inhibited. In this case, thermal resistance from each solid-state light emitting element 3 to the wiring pattern 22 can be reduced, spread in thermal resistance can be also reduced, heat radiation ability can be increased and the increase in temperature of the junctions of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be inhibited, compared with those attained in the case where a heat radiating sheet in the form of a rubber sheet such as SARCON (registered trade name) is sandwiched between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22. Therefore, the input power can be increased and the light output can be increased. The thickness of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is set to 100 μm, but this value is merely exemplary and not limited. For example, the thickness of the epoxy resin layer may be set, as appropriate, within a range of about 50 μm to about 150 μm. The thermal conductivity of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is preferably equal to or higher than 4 W/m·K. Prior to laminating the wiring pattern 22 and the heat transfer plate 21, the plastic film of the sheet-shaped adhesive is peeled off from the epoxy resin layer. In short, the plastic film is peeled off after the surface on the side opposite to the plastic film in the epoxy resin layer has been fixedly attached to the object.
  • In this case, when the first insulating layer 23 is formed, a pressure may be applied, as appropriate, in a state in which the heat transfer plate 21, the epoxy resin layer, and the lead frame 120 having the wiring pattern 22 are laminated.
  • The outer size of the first insulating layer 23 may be set, as appropriate, on the basis of the outer size of the lead frame 120. In this case, the first insulating layer 23 is electrically insulating and thermally conductive and has a function of electrically insulating and a function of thermally joining the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22.
  • Further, through holes 23 b communicating with respective through holes 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21 are formed in the first insulating layer 23. Therefore, when the light emitting unit 1 is manufactured, the wires 26 can be passed through the through hole 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21 and the through hole 23 b of the first insulating layer 23 and bonded to the wiring pattern 22. In this case, when the light emitting unit 1 is manufactured, after the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 of the solid-state light emitting element 3 have been connected, through the wires 26, to the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b, respectively, the material for the sealing section 36 (see FIG. 27) may be loaded into the through hole 21 b and the through hole 23 b, for example by using a dispenser, to prevent the wire 26 from coming into contact with the first metal plate, and the sealing section 36 may be formed thereafter.
  • Incidentally, it is preferred that the wiring pattern 22 be formed of a metal material that has oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance higher than those of the second metal plate and that a surface treated layer (not shown in the figure) with high adhesion to the first insulating layer 23 be formed. When the material for the second metal plate is Cu, it is preferred that, for example, a Ni film, a laminated film of a Ni film and an Au film, or a laminated film of a Ni film, a Pd film and an Au film be formed as the surface treated layer. The surface treated layer may be formed, for example, by a plating method.
  • The base substrate 24 is formed in an elongated shape (in this case, a narrow rectangular plate). The base substrate 24 is preferably formed of a material that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate. In the present embodiment, the base substrate 24 is formed of a third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate. Therefore, it is preferred that a metal with a high thermal conductivity, such as aluminum, copper or the like, be used as the material for the third metal plate. However, the material for the third metal plate is not limited to those metals and, for example, stainless steel or steel may be also used. Thermal conductivity of aluminum is about 23 ppm and thermal conductivity of copper is about 17 ppm.
  • It is preferred that the same material as that of the first insulating layer 23 be used for the second insulating layer 25 interposed between the wiring pattern 22 and the base substrate 24.
  • Incidentally, depending on thermal capacity of the heat transfer plate 21, when the abovementioned epoxy resin layer is cured by raising the heating temperature thereof to about 170° C., there is a worry that the ability of the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 to be fixedly attached to each other is degraded. Then, when the curing is performed at a heating temperature reduced to about 150° C., there is a worry that electric insulation between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 is degraded. That is, there is a trade-off relationship between the attachment ability and electric insulation ability. Accordingly, in the present embodiment, as described hereinbelow, the epoxy resin layers 123 a, 133 a (see FIG. 31C and FIG. 32B) of the sheet-shaped adhesives 123, 133 (see FIG. 31B and FIG. 32A) are laminated, one epoxy resin layer 123 a is cured at 170° C., thereby ensuring electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity, and the other epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured at 150° C. to ensure the attachment ability and thermal conductivity. More specifically, after the one epoxy resin layer 123 a has been attached to the heat transfer plate 21, which is an object, at a temperature of 170° C., the other epoxy resin layer 133 a and the lead frame 120 may be laminated and this other epoxy resin layer 133 a may be cured at a temperature of 150° C. As a result, when the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is manufactured, the requirements relating to the attachment ability and electric insulation ability can be satisfied at the same time regardless of thermal capacity of the heat transfer plate 21.
  • A method for manufacturing the mounting substrate 2 is explained below in a simple manner with reference to FIG. 31 and FIG. 32.
  • First, the structure shown in FIG. 31A is obtained by forming the through holes 21 b in the heat transfer plate 21.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 31B, the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is laminated on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 so that the epoxy resin layer 123 a comes into contact with the heat transfer plate 21, and the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is tentatively attached to the heat transfer plate 21 by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with a round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 123 a. The sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is then cut to an appropriate length.
  • Then, the heat transfer plate 21 to which the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 has been tentatively attached is naturally cooled. The plastic film 123 b is then peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 123 a as shown in FIG. 31C.
  • Then, the heat transfer plate 21 to which the epoxy resin layer 123 a has been tentatively attached is loaded into a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) and the epoxy resin layer 123 a is heated and cured at a temperature (for example, 170° C.) that is equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby attaching the epoxy resin layer 123 a to the heat transfer plate 21.
  • Then, the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is laminated on the epoxy resin layer 123 a so that the epoxy resin layer 133 a comes into contact with the epoxy resin layer 123 a, and the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is tentatively attached to the epoxy resin layer 123 a by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with the round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 133 a. The sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is then cut to an appropriate length.
  • In the laminated structure of the epoxy resin layer 123 a and the epoxy resin layer 133 a, through holes 134 are formed, for example, with the laser apparatus 150, as shown in FIG. 32A, in the regions corresponding to the through holes 23 b of the insulating layer 23. Means for forming the through holes 134 is not limited to the laser apparatus 150, and for example a drill or the like may be also used.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 32B, the plastic film 133 b is peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 133 a.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 32C, the lead frame 120 is placed on the epoxy resin layer 133 a, an appropriate load is applied, and then the epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured inside a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) at a temperature (for example, 150° C.) equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby fixedly attaching the lead frame 120 and the epoxy resin layer 133 a to each other. The first insulating layer 23 is thus formed.
  • Then, the wiring pattern 22 is cut off from the support piece 122 of the lead frame 120 and the portions of the lead frame 120 other than the wiring pattern 22 are taken out as shown in FIG. 32D.
  • The mounting substrate 2 shown in FIG. 28 is then obtained by joining the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 through the second insulating layer 25, in the same manner as the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 are joined through the first insulating layer 23.
  • In the manufacture of the light emitting unit 1, the solid-state light-emitting elements 3 may be joined to the abovementioned one surface side of the mounting substrate 2 and then the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 of each solid-state light emitting element 3 may be electrically connected, through the wires 26, to the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b, respectively. Then, the sealing section 36 and the color conversion unit 37 may be provided, as necessary, on the above-mentioned one surface side of the mounting substrate 2.
  • Incidentally, by providing the above-described light emitting unit 1 with the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 formed by using the lead frame 120, it is possible to reduce cost and increase light output by comparison with the case in which the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are mounted on the metal base printed wiring board. Furthermore, by using the heat transfer plate 21 having a function of a reflecting plate in the light emitting unit 1, it is possible to reduce the light loss in the heat transfer plate 21 and increase the light output. Therefore, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, power consumption can be also reduced. In this case, the light emitting unit 1 is used in which the first metal plate of the heat transfer plate 21 is an aluminum plate, an aluminum film of a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate is laminated on the side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the first insulating layer 23 side, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes is laminated on the aluminum film. As a result, light output can be increased. In particular, when an LED chip is used as the solid-state light emitting element 3 in the light emitting unit 1, the heat generated by the LED chip can be radiated with good efficiency and the light output can be increased. In addition, the utilization efficiency of light emitted from the LED chip can be increased. Further, when the light emitting unit 1 is provided with the color conversion unit 37 (see FIG. 27 or the like), the light emitted from the fluorescent material, which is the wavelength conversion material for the color conversion unit 37, to the heat transfer plate 21 side and the light emitted from the LED chip and scattered by the fluorescent material toward the heat transfer plate 21 side can be reflected and therefore the light utilization efficiency can be increased.
  • Incidentally, in the above-described light-emitting unit 1, the mounting substrate 2 has an elongated shape and the substantially entire wiring pattern 22 is joined to the first insulating layer 23. Therefore, there is a worry that, for example, the heat transfer plate 21 warps, or the wiring pattern 22 is peeled off from the first insulating layer 23 due to temperature variations during manufacture or use because of the difference in linear thermal expansion coefficient between the first metal plate and the second metal plate. The inventors of the present application provided the above-mentioned connection pieces 22 c, 22 d and linking piece 22 e with curved shapes to relieve the stresses applied to the wiring pattern 22, but it has been found that in test products that are not provided with the base substrate 24 and the second insulating layer 25, warping sometimes occurs in the heat transfer plate 21 due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the first metal plate and the second metal plate at a certain length of the heat transfer plate 21 and a certain length of the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b.
  • By contrast, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the above-mentioned base substrate 24 is provided. Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the base substrate 24 is formed of the third metal plate and, therefore, the second insulating layer 25 is interposed between the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 in order to insulate electrically the base substrate 24 from the wiring pattern 22.
  • As described hereinabove, the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is provided with the mounting substrate 2 and a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements 3 arranged on the abovementioned one surface side of the mounting substrate 2. Further, in the light emitting unit 1, the mounting substrate 2 is provided with the heat transfer plate 21 that is formed of the first metal plate and carries the solid-state light emitting elements 3 on the above-mentioned one surface side, the wiring pattern 22 that is formed of the second metal plate, disposed on the above-mentioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21, and electrically connected to the solid-state light emitting elements 3, and the insulating layer 23 interposed between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22. As a result, in the light emitting unit 1, the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be transferred efficiently in the transverse direction by the heat transfer plate 21 and radiated and this heat can be also transferred in the thickness direction of the heat transfer plate 21 and radiated. Therefore, in the light emitting unit 1, the heat radiation ability can be increased, the increase in temperature of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be inhibited, and the light output can be increased.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the thermosetting resin of the first insulating layer 23 includes a filler with a thermal conductivity higher than that of the thermosetting resin. Therefore, the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be radiated with higher efficiency.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, by configuring the solid-state light emitting elements 3 as LED chips, it is possible to transfer the heat generated by the LED chips in the transverse direction by the heat transfer plate 21 and radiate the heat efficiently.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the first metal plate which serves as a foundation of the heat transfer plate 21 is an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate is laminated on the side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the first insulating layer 23 side, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes is laminated on the aluminum film. As a result, the light that has been radiated from the LED chips and has fallen on the abovementioned one surface of the heat transfer plate 21 is reflected with good efficiency.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the heat transfer plate 21 has an elongated shape, the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are arranged along the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21, and the elongated base substrate 24 is provided that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate and is disposed on the side of the wiring pattern 22 that is opposite to the heat transfer plate 21 side. Therefore, even when the mounting substrate 2 has an elongated shape, warping of the heat transfer plate 21 can be inhibited and warping of the entire light emitting unit 1 can be inhibited. As a result, the yield in production of the light emitting units 1 can be increased and therefore cost thereof can be reduced. In addition product reliability can be increased.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit 1, the base substrate 24 is formed of the third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate, and the second insulating layer 25 made of the same material as that of the first insulating layer 23 is interposed between the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22. Therefore, warping of the heat transfer plate 21 can be inhibited more effectively. It is preferred that the size of the base substrate 24 in the longitudinal direction be equal to the size of the heat transfer plate 21 in the longitudinal direction.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are LED chips, the first electrodes 31 and the second electrodes 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction, each of the first electrodes 31 and second electrodes 32 is electrically connected, through the wire 26, to the wiring pattern 22, and the through holes 21 b for passing the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plate 21. Therefore, the LED chips can be die bonded to the heat transfer plate 21, the heat generated by the LED chips can be easily transferred in the transverse direction of the heat transfer plate 21, and heat radiation ability is increased.
  • Further, when LED chips are used as the solid-state light emitting elements 3, die bonding to the heat transfer plate 21 may be performed through a sub-mount member that relieves stresses acting upon the LED chips due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the solid-state light emitting elements 3 and the heat transfer plate 21. In this case, it is preferred that the sub-mount member be used that is formed to a planar size larger than the chip size of the LED chip. When the LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip and the first metal plate is an aluminum plate, for example, AlN, SiC composite, Si, or CuW can be used as the material for the sub-mount member. Further, it is preferred that in the sub-mount member, a reflective film that reflects light emitted from the LED chip be formed around a jointing section of the LED chip and the sub-mount member (that is, a section that overlaps the LED chip) on the surface of the sub-mount member on the side where the LED chip is to be joined,. When a chip in which electrodes are provided on both surfaces in the thickness direction is used as the LED chip, a conductive pattern that is electrically connected to the first electrodes 31 or second electrodes 32 disposed in the LED chips on the sub-mount member side may be provided at the sub-mount member and the conductive pattern may be electrically connected, through the wires 26, to the first pattern 22 a or the second pattern 22 b.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates an example of the illuminating apparatus 7 provided with the light emitting unit 1. The illuminating apparatus 7 is an illumination fixture and comprises the light emitting unit 1 and the fixture body 71 that holds the light emitting unit 1.
  • The fixture body 71 is formed in an elongated shape (in this case, rectangular shape) with a planar size larger than that of the light emitting unit 1, and a recess 71 a that accommodates the wiring pattern 22 and the base substrate 24 on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 in the light emitting unit 1 is formed along the longitudinal direction of the fixture body 71.
  • In the illuminating apparatus 7, the light emitting unit 1 is held at the fixture body 71 by attachment jigs 8 constituted by a plurality of resin screws. In this case, in the light emitting unit 1, semicircular notches 21 c (see FIG. 25A) are formed substantially equidistantly in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 at each side edge in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21. Therefore, when the notches 21 c in the heat transfer plate 21 of the light emitting unit 1 are formed as semicircles with a radius less than that of the round heads of the screws constituting the attachment jigs 8, the light emitting unit 1 can be held by the screw heads and the fixture body 71. In this illuminating apparatus 7, as shown in FIGS. 62 and 63, stresses applied to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 or joining portions 35 can be reduced by comparison with those of the light emitting diodes 4A to 4L in the illumination fixture L using the configuration in which screw holes 110 b for screwing the fixing screws S1 for fixing the printed substrate 110 to the fixture body 103 are provided at both end portions and center portion in the longitudinal direction of the printed substrate 110.
  • A power supply unit (not shown in the figure) is connected to the light emitting unit 1 through two electric cables 73 connected by soldering or the like to the wiring pattern 22, and the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be caused to emit light by supplying power from the power supply unit to the light emitting unit 1. In FIG. 36, only one electric cable 73 connected to a first terminal pattern 22 f connected to the first pattern 22 a at one end side in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 is shown, but one more electric cable 73 is connected to a second terminal pattern (not shown in the figure) connected to the second pattern 22 b at the other end side in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21. The first terminal pattern 22 f and the second terminal pattern are constituted by portions of the wiring pattern 22 formed of the abovementioned lead frame 120.
  • In the light emitting unit 1, warping of the heat transfer plate 21 can be prevented. Therefore, by reducing the arrangement pitch of the solid-state light emitting elements 3, it is possible to prevent the solid-state light emitting elements 3 from creating a granular emission appearance as spot light sources, and then a light source that looks like a linear light source can be obtained.
  • In the above-described illuminating apparatus 7 of the present embodiment, the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased by providing the above-described light emitting unit 1.
    • Embodiment 4
  • The light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is described below with reference to FIG. 37 and FIG. 38.
  • The basic configuration of the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is substantially identical to that of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3, the difference therebetween being that the base substrate 24 in the mounting substrate 2 has the same shape as the heat transfer plate 21. The constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 3 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted.
  • In the base substrate 24, through holes 24 b are formed in the zones corresponding to the through holes 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21, and notches 24 c are formed in the zones corresponding to the notches 21 c of the heat transfer plate 21. The second insulating layer 25 has a shape identical to that of the first insulating layer 23, and through holes 25 b are formed in the zones of the second insulating layer that correspond to the through holes 23 b of the first insulating layer 23.
  • In the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased in the same manner as in the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3. Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, warping of the elongated heat transfer plate 21 also can be inhibited.
  • In the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, since the shape of the base substrate 24 made of the same material as that of the heat transfer plate 21 is the same as the shape of the heat transfer plate 21, warping of the light emitting unit 1 can be inhibited more effectively. Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, components of the heat transfer plate 21 and the base substrate 24 are shared and the cost of the unit can be reduced.
  • Further, the light emitting unit 1 of the illuminating apparatus 7 explained in Embodiment 3 may be used as the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment.
  • In the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, when the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are also mounted on the side of the base substrate 24 that is opposite to the second insulating layer 25 side, light can be radiated onto both the one surface and the other surface side in the thickness direction of the mounting substrate 2, and the unit can be used as a two-side light emitting unit. In this case, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the base substrate 24 also functions as a heat transfer plate, the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 located on the abovementioned one surface side of the mounting substrate 2 is efficiently transferred in the transverse direction of the heat transfer plate 21 and radiated, and the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 located on the abovementioned other surface side of the mounting substrate 2 is efficiency transferred in the transverse direction of the base substrate 24 and radiated. When the light emitting unit 1 constitutes a two-side light emitting unit, the base substrate 24 functions as a heat transfer plate similar to the heat transfer plate 21 and also as a reflection plate.
    • Embodiment 5
  • The light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 39.
  • The basic configuration of the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is substantially identical to that of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3, the difference therebetween being that the base substrate 24 is formed of a resin substrate in which a resin is mixed with a filler with a thermal conductivity higher than that of the resin. The constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 3 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted.
  • Preferably, the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the resin of the resin substrate and the first metal plate serving as a foundation for the heat transfer plate 21 is small. For example, if the material for the first metal plate is aluminum and the material for the second metal plate is copper, it is preferred that a vinyl ester resin, an unsaturated polyester resin or the like be used as the resin of the resin substrate. Further, for example, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum hydroxide, glass fibers or the like is preferably used as the filler. The filling ratio of the filler is preferably 60 vol % to 75 vol %, and in this case the thermal conductivity of the resin substrate can be made about 4 W/m·K to about 10 W/m·K.
  • For example, if a vinyl ester resin is used as the resin of the resin substrate, magnesium oxide is used as the filler material, and the filling ratio of the filler is made 67 vol %, a thermal conductivity of 5 W/m·K and a linear expansion coefficient of about 18 ppm to 22 ppm can be obtained. Further, as described hereinabove, the thermal conductivity of aluminum is about 23 ppm and the thermal conductivity of copper is about 17 ppm.
  • In the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased in the same manner as in the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3. Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, warping of the elongated heat transfer plate 21 also can be inhibited.
  • In the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, since a resin substrate is used as the base substrate 24, the cost can be reduced by comparison with the case in which the base substrate 24 is formed of the third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate, as in the light emitting unit 1 shown in FIG. 25 and explained in Embodiment 3, and the second insulating layer 25 is interposed between the wiring pattern 22 and the base substrate 24,
  • In the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the base substrate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 can be formed at the same time in the manufacturing process, and the unit cost can be reduced due to the reduced production cost.
  • An example of the illuminating apparatus 7 provided with the light emitting unit 1 is shown in FIG. 40. The illuminating apparatus 7 is an illumination fixture and comprises the light emitting unit 1 and the fixture body 71 holding the light emitting unit 1.
  • Incidentally, in the light emitting unit 1, the width dimension of the base substrate 24 is set larger than the width dimension of the heat transfer plate 21. Therefore, even when the fixture body 71 is manufactured from a metal and is electrically conductive, by setting the width dimension of the base substrate 24 as appropriate, it is possible to increase the creeping distance between the heat transfer plate 21 or the wiring pattern 22 and the fixture body 71 and ensure a predetermined creeping distance. In the illuminating apparatus 7 of the present embodiment, when the fixture body 71 is manufactured from a metal, the heat generated by the light emitting unit 1 can be radiated with higher efficiency. When the fixture body 71 is not electrically conductive, it is not necessary to make the width dimension of the base substrate 24 larger than the width dimension of the heat transfer plate 21.
  • Further, the illuminating apparatus 7 of the present embodiment is provided with a plurality of attachment jigs 8 for attaching the light emitting unit 1 to the fixture body 71. The attachment jigs 8 are made from a synthetic resin and each has a base section 81 that abuts on the fixture body 71 and the side surface of the base substrate 24 along the longitudinal direction, and a holding section 82 extending from the base section 81 and holding the light emitting unit 1 between the holding section and the fixture body 71. The attachment jig 8 shown in FIG. 40 has a through hole 83 for inserting a screw (not shown in the figure) for fixing the attachment jig 8 to the fixture body 71. Further, in the illuminating apparatus 7 of the present embodiment, the holding section 82 of the attachment jig 8 is disposed so as to overlap the side section of the heat transfer plate 21 in the width direction thereof. Therefore, the heat transfer plate 21 can be prevented from warping.
  • It is not necessary for the attachment jig 8 to be fixed to the fixture body 71 with a screw. For example, as shown in FIG. 41, the attachment may be performed by insertion into an attachment hole 9 of the fixture body 71. In the attachment jig 8 shown in FIG. 41, a T-shaped slide piece 84 is provided in the condition of protruding from one surface of the base section 81 on the fixture body 71 side. Meanwhile, the attachment hole 9 of the fixture body 71 is provided with a wide section 91 for inserting the slide piece 84 and a narrow section 92 which has an opening narrower than that of the wide section 91 and is spatially connected to the wide section 91, and thereby the attachment hole 9 is formed in a T-like shape in a planar view. Therefore, in the attachment jig 8, when the slide piece 84 is inserted from the wide section 91 of the attachment hole 9 and slid to the narrow section 92 side, the slide piece 84 is locked by the peripheral portion of the narrow section 92. As a result, in the illuminating apparatus 7, the light emitting unit 1 can be attached to the fixture body 71, without using the screws.
  • Further, in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, a first protruding piece 24 d that is thinner than other sections of the base substrate 24 protrudes from one end surface in the longitudinal direction of the base substrate, and a second protruding piece 24 e that is thinner than other sections of the base substrate 24 protrudes from the other end surface in the longitudinal direction. In this case, in the first protruding piece 24 d, one surface in the thickness direction is flush with the abovementioned one surface of the base substrate 24. Further, in the second protruding piece 24 e, one surface in the thickness direction is flush with the above-mentioned other surface of the base substrate 24. The base substrate 24 is designed such that the sum total of the thickness dimension of the first protruding piece 24 d and the thickness dimension of the second protruding piece 24 e is equal to the thickness dimensions of the base substrate 24.
  • Therefore, when a plurality of light emitting units 1 is arranged in a row on a straight light, the first protruding piece 24 d of the base substrate 24 in one light emitting unit 1 of the adjacent light emitting units 1 and the second protruding piece 24 e of the base substrate 24 in the other light emitting unit 1 can be disposed so as to overlap as shown in FIG. 42A and FIG. 42B. As a result, in the illuminating apparatus 7 of the present embodiment, the creeping distance between the heat transfer plate 21 or the wiring pattern 22 and the fixture body 71 can be enlarged by comparison with the case in which the end surfaces of the base substrates 24 that are not provided with the first protruding piece 24 d or the second protruding piece 24 e are abutted onto each other. Further, in the adjacent light emitting units 1, the wiring patterns 22 may be electrically connected to each other by an electric cable (not shown in the figure) for the extended connection or a connector (not shown in the figure). As a result, in the illuminating apparatus 7 provided with a plurality of light emitting units 1, power can be supplied from one power supply unit to a series circuit of the light emitting units 1 and all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 of each light emitting unit 1 can be caused to emit light.
  • Incidentally, in Embodiments 3 to 5, the wire 26 is bonded to the wiring pattern 22 disposed on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21, but it is also possible, as shown in FIG. 43, to provide protruding sections 22 h that are inserted into the through holes 23 b of the first insulating layer 23 and the through holes 21 b of the heat transfer plate 21 in parts of the wiring pattern 22, to thereby bond the wire 26 to an end surface of the protruding sections 22 h.
  • Then, in the light emitting units 1 of Embodiments 3 to 5, the through holes 21 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21. In other words, the solid state light emitting element 3 is mounted on the zone between two through holes 21 b arranged in a row in the width direction of the heat transfer palate 21, but such configuration is not limited. For example, as shown in FIG. 44, it is also possible to dispose the solid-state light emitting element 3 between two sets arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 from among a plurality of sets, each of which includes two through holes 21 b that are arranged in rows in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21.
    • Embodiment 6
  • A light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 45.
  • The basic configuration of the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is substantially identical to that of the light emitting unit of Embodiment 3, the difference therebetween being in the shape of the mounting substrate 2. The constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 3 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted.
  • The light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3 can be used, for example, as a light source of the illuminating apparatus 7 (see FIG. 36) formed of an illumination fixture such as a base light, whereas the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 1 can be used, for example, as a light source of an illuminating apparatus (not shown in the figure) formed of an illumination fixture such as a down light.
  • The wiring pattern 22 in the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment can be also formed using a lead frame (not shown in the figure). Power from a power supply unit can be supplied to the light emitting unit 1 by connecting electric cables by soldering or the like to the first terminal pattern 22 f and the second terminal pattern 22 g.
  • In the light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased in the same manner as in the light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 3.
    • Embodiment 7
  • The light emitting unit of the present embodiment (referred to hereinbelow as two-side light emitting unit) 1 is described below with reference to FIG. 46 to FIG. 52.
  • The two-side light emitting unit 1 comprises a pair of heat transfer plates 21, 24 disposed at a distance from each other in the thickness direction and the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on one surface sides of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, being on the side opposite to surface sides of the two heat transfer plates that face each other. Further, the two-side light emitting unit 1 comprises the wiring pattern 22 that is disposed between the two heat transfer plates 21 and 24 and electrically connected to the solid-state light emitting elements 3, and a pair of insulating layers 23, 25 interposed between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 and between the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern, respectively. In this configuration, the heat transfer plates 21, 24 are formed of a first metal plate, and the wiring pattern 22 is formed of the second metal plate. In the present embodiment, the mounting substrate 2 onto which all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are to be mounted is constituted by the pair of heat transfer plates 21, 24, the pair of insulating layers 23, 25, and the wiring pattern 22.
  • Each constituent component of the two-side light emitting unit 1 is described below in greater detail.
  • The heat transfer plates 21, 24 are formed in an elongated shape (in this configuration, a narrow rectangular plate-like shape). In the heat transfer plates 21, 24, a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements 3 are disposed along the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 at the abovementioned one surface sides.
  • A metal with a high thermal conductivity such as aluminum, copper or the like is preferred as the material for the first metal plate serving as a foundation for each of the heat transfer plates 21, 24. However, the material for the first metal plate is not limited to the aforementioned metals and may be, for example, stainless steel or steel.
  • It is preferred that the heat transfer plates 21, 24 have the function of a reflective plate, and it is more preferred that aluminum be used as the material for the first metal plate. It is further preferred that the first metal plates of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 be aluminum plates, aluminum films of a purity higher than that of the aluminum plates be laminated on the sides of the aluminum plates that are opposite to the insulating layers 23, 25 sides, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes be laminated on each of the aluminum films. In this case, for example, a SiO2 film and a TiO2 film are preferably used as the dielectric films of two types. When such heat transfer plates 21, 24 are used, the reflectance with respect to the visible light can be made equal to or greater than 95%. For example, MIRO 2 and MIRO (registered trade marks) manufactured by Alanod Co., can be used as the heat transfer plates 21, 24. Aluminum plates that have been surface treated by anodization may be used as the aforementioned aluminum plates. The thickness of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 may be set, as appropriate, for example within a range of about 0.2 mm to about 3 mm.
  • An LED chip is used as the solid-state light emitting element 3, but such a selection is not limited and, for example, a packaged LED chip may be also used. For example, a laser diode (semiconductor laser) or an organic EL element may be used as the solid-state light emitting element 3.
  • In the solid-state light emitting element 3 mounted on each of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, as shown in FIG. 49, a first electrode (anode electrode) 31 and a second electrode (cathode electrode) 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction, and the other surface side in the thickness direction is joined, through a joining section 35, to each of the heat transfer plates 21, 24. In the solid-state light emitting element 3, the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are electrically connected to the wiring pattern 22 through respective wires (bonding wires) 26. In this configuration, through holes 21 b, 24 b for passing the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plates 21, 24. The through holes 21 b, 24 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting element 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24. Each of the through holes 21 b, 24 b has a round opening shape. The inner diameter of each of the through holes 21 b, 24 b is set to 0.5 mm, but this value is merely exemplary and is not particularly limited. The shape of each of the through holes 21 b, 24 b is not necessarily round and may be rectangular or elliptical. When the solid-state light emitting element 3 is an LED chip, the joining section 35 may be formed of a die bond material.
  • The LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip emitting blue light, and a chip provided with a sapphire substrate as the substrate is used. However, the substrate of the LED chip is not limited to the sapphire substrate and, for example, a GaN substrate, a SiC substrate, or a Si substrate may be used. The structure of the LED chip is not particularly limited.
  • The size of the LED chips is not particularly limited. For example, the chip size may be 0.3 mm□, 0.45 mm□, or 1 mm□.
  • The material and emission color of the light emitting layer of the LED chip are not particularly limited. For example, the LED chip is not limited to the blue LED chip and, for example, a violet LED chip, an ultraviolet LED chip, a red LED chip, and a green LED chip may be used.
  • For example, a die bond material of a silicone system, a die bond material of an epoxy system, or a silver paste can be used as the die bond material.
  • For example, a gold wire or an aluminum wire can be used as the wire 26.
  • Incidentally, when an LED chip is used as the solid-state light-emitting element 3, it is preferred that the two-side light emitting unit 1 be provided with sealing sections 36 that seal the solid-state light-emitting elements 3 and the wires 26 at the abovementioned one surface sides of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, as shown for example in FIG. 49. In FIG. 49, a silicone resin that is the first translucent material is used as the material for the sealing section 36. The first translucent material is not limited to the silicone resin and, for example, an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, glass or the like may be used.
  • Further, in order to obtain high-output white light when an LED chip is used as the solid-state light-emitting element 3, it is preferred that the two-side light emitting unit 1 comprises color conversion units 37, each of which has a wavelength converting material emitting light of a color different from the emission color of a corresponding LED chip. It is preferred that, for example, a fluorescent material emitting light of a color different from the emission color of the corresponding LED chip when excited by the light emitted from the corresponding LED chip be used as the wavelength converting material for the color conversion units 37 and that a fluorescent material and a second translucent material be included.
  • The two-side light emitting unit 1 uses, for example, a blue LED chip as the LED chip, and where a yellow fluorescent material is used as the fluorescent material for the color conversion unit 37, white light can be obtained. Thus, in the two-side light emitting unit 1, the blue light emitted from the LED chip and the light emitted from the yellow fluorescent material are emitted through the front surface of the color conversion unit 37 and white light can be obtained. The second translucent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the silicone resin and may be, for example, an acrylic resin, glass, or an organic-inorganic hybrid material prepared by mixing and bonding organic and inorganic components at a nanometer level or molecular level. Further, the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion member 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material. For example, color rendering ability can be increased by using a yellow fluorescent material and a red fluorescent material, or a red fluorescent material and a green fluorescent material. Further, the fluorescent material used as the material for the color conversion unit 37 is not limited to the yellow fluorescent material of one type, and yellow fluorescent materials of two types that have different emission peak wavelengths may be used.
  • Further, when white light can be radiated by an LED chip itself, when a fluorescent material is dispersed in the sealing section 36, or when the color of light which is wished to be obtained in the light emitting unit 1 is same as the color of light emitted by the LED chip, a configuration can be used that is not provided with the color conversion unit 37.
  • In the two-side light emitting unit 1, each of the light conversion units 37 is preferably in contact with a corresponding heat transfer plate of the heat transfer plates 21, 24. As a result, in the two-side light emitting unit 1, not only the heat generated by the LED chips, but also the heat generated by the color conversion units 37 can be radiated through the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and the light output can be increased. In the example shown in FIG. 49, each of the color conversion units 37 is formed in a semicylindrical shape and provided in a form such as to surround an LED chip and a sealing section 36 between the color conversion unit and the corresponding heat transfer plate of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 at the abovementioned one surface side of the corresponding heat transfer plate. More specifically, the color conversion unit 37 is provided such that a gas layer (for example, an air layer) 38 is formed between the color conversion unit and the sealing section 36 at the abovementioned one surface side of the heat transfer plate 21. As shown in FIG. 53, in the two-side light emitting unit 1, each of the color conversion units 37 may have a semispherical shape, and the corresponding LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3, and the wires 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37. Further, as shown in FIG. 54, in the two-side the light emitting unit 1, each of the color conversion units 37 may have a dome-like shape, and the corresponding LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3, and the wires 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37. Further, as shown in FIG. 55, in the two-side light emitting unit 1, each of the color conversion units 37 may be shaped as a layer, and the corresponding LED chip, which is the solid-state light emitting element 3, and the wires 26 may be sealed by the color conversion unit 37. The color conversion units 37 such as shown in FIG. 49 or FIG. 54 may be used in a molded form, and the end edges of the color conversion units 37 (circumferential edge of the opening) on the sides of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 may be fixedly attached to the heat transfer plates 21, 24 by using, for example, an adhesive (for example, a silicone resin or an epoxy resin), respectively. The color conversion units 37 such as shown in FIG. 53 can be formed, for example, by a molding method. The color conversion units 37 such as shown in FIG. 55 can be formed, for example, by a coating method using a dispenser or a screen printing method.
  • The wiring pattern 22 is formed of the second metal plate that has a linear expansion coefficient different from that of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, as mentioned hereinabove. In this case, the second metal plate uses the lead frame 120 (see FIG. 52C) formed by punching a metal hoop material with a press.
  • Copper, which has a comparatively high thermal conductivity among the metals (thermal conductivity of copper is about 398 W/m·K) is preferred as a material for the second metal plate, but copper is not a limiting material and, for example, phosphorus bronze or a copper alloy (for example, 42 Alloy) may be used. It is also preferred that the thickness of the second metal plate be set, for example, within a range of from about 100 μm to about 1500 μm.
  • In the lead frame 120, the wiring pattern 22 is supported inside of the outer frame section 121 through the support piece 122 (see FIG. 52D).
  • In the wiring pattern 22, a first pattern 22 a to which the first electrode 31 of the solid-state light emitting element 3 is connected and a second pattern 22 b to which the second electrode 32 is connected are arranged in rows in the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, a predetermined number (for example, 16 of each pattern) of the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b is provided and the first patterns 22 a and the second patterns 22 b are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 (see FIG. 50). The first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b are formed in an elongated shape and disposed so that the longitudinal direction thereof matches that of the heat transfer plates 21, 24. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, the first patterns 22 a arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 are divided into sets, each set including two first patterns, and the first patterns 22 a constituting the set are coupled to each other by a connection piece 22 c. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, the second patterns 22 b that are arranged in a row in a predetermined number (for example, 16) in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 are divided into sets, each set including two second patterns, and the second patterns 22 b forming the set are coupled to each other and electrically connected by a connection piece 22 d. The connection pieces 22 c, 22 d are constituted by linear first portions 22 ca, 22 da disposed along the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and second portions 22 cb, 22 db and third portions 22 cc, 22 dc extending in the opposite directions in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 from both ends of the first portions 22 ca, 22 da in the longitudinal direction. Further, the connection piece 22 c is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a, and the connection piece 22 d is formed to be narrower than the second pattern 22 b. In this case, in the wiring pattern 22, one base pattern 22 u is constituted by two first patterns 22 a forming a set, the connection piece 22 c that connects those two first patterns 22 a, two second patterns 22 b forming a set, and the connection piece 22 d that connects those two second patterns 22 b. In the above-described lead frame 120, a plurality of base units 22 u is arranged along the lengthwise direction of the outer frame section 121. Further, in the wiring pattern 22, in the base patterns 22 u adjacent in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, the first pattern 22 a of one base pattern 22 u and the second pattern 22 b of the other base pattern 22 u are coupled together and electrically connected by the linking piece 22 e. The linking piece 22 e is formed to be narrower than the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b.
  • In the wiring pattern 22, a parallel circuit can be configured for each base pattern 22 u by connecting in parallel a predetermined number (for example, six) of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 that are disposed in rows in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, and the parallel circuits formed for each of the adjacent base patterns 22 u can be connected in series. Therefore, power can be supplied to all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 by supplying power between the first pattern 22 a at one end and the second pattern 22 b at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21, and between the first pattern 22 a at one end and the second pattern 22 b at the other end in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 24.
  • The insulating layers 23, 25 are formed by thermally curing an epoxy resin layer of a thermosetting sheet-shaped adhesive (for example, an adhesive sheet TSA manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) in which a plastic film (PET film) is laminated with a B-stage epoxy resin layer (thermosetting resin) that includes a filling material formed of a filler such as silica or alumina and can reduce the viscosity and increase the flowability under heating. An insulating material with a thermal conductivity higher than that of the epoxy resin, which is a thermosetting resin, may be used as the filler. In this case, the epoxy resin layer of the sheet-shaped adhesive features electric insulation ability, a high thermal conductivity, high flowability under heating, and high ability to adhere to a rough surface. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the appearance of gaps between the first insulating layer 23 and the heat transfer plate 21 or the wiring pattern 22 and between the first insulating layer 25 and the heat transfer plate 24 or the wiring pattern 22, adhesion reliability is increased, and the increase in thermal resistance or the appearance of spread caused by insufficient adhesion can be inhibited. In this case, thermal resistance from each solid-state light emitting element 3 to the wiring pattern 22 can be reduced, spread in thermal resistance can be also reduced, heat radiation ability can be increased and the increase in temperature of the junctions of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be inhibited compared with those attained in the case where a heat radiating sheet in the form of a rubber sheet such as SARCON (registered trade name) is sandwiched between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 and between the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern 22. Therefore, the input power can be increased and the light output can be increased. The thickness of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is set to 100 μm, but this value is merely exemplary and not limited. For example, the thickness of the epoxy resin layer may be set, as appropriate, within a range of about 50 μm to about 150 μm. The thermal conductivity of the aforementioned epoxy resin layer is preferably equal to or higher than 4 W/m·K. Prior to laminating the wiring pattern 22 and the heat transfer plates 21, 24, the plastic film of the sheet-shaped adhesive is peeled off from the epoxy resin layer. In short, the plastic film is peeled off after one surface on the side opposite to the plastic film in the epoxy resin layer has been fixedly attached to the object.
  • In this case, when the insulating layers 23, 25 are formed, a pressure may be applied, as appropriate, in a state in which the heat transfer plates 21, 24, the epoxy resin layer, and the lead frame 120 having the wiring pattern 22 are laminated.
  • The outer size of the insulating layers 23, 25 may be set, as appropriate, on the basis of the outer size of the lead frame 120. In this case, the insulating layers 23, 25 are electrically insulating and thermally conductive and have a function of electrically insulating and a function of thermally joining the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and the wiring pattern 22.
  • Further, through holes 23 b, 25 b communicating with respective through holes 21 b, 24 b of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 are formed in the insulating layers 23, 25. Therefore, when the two-side light emitting unit 1 is manufactured, the wires 26 can be passed through the through holes 21 b, 24 b of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and the through holes 23 b, 25 b of the insulating layers 23, 25 and bonded to the wiring pattern 22. In this case, when the two-side light emitting unit 1 is manufactured, after the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 of the solid-state light emitting element 3 have been connected by the wires 26 to the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b, respectively, the material for the sealing section 36 (see FIG. 49) may be loaded into the through holes 21 b, 24 b and the through holes 23 b, 25 b, for example by using a dispenser, to prevent the wires 26 from coming into contact with the first metal plate, and the sealing section 36 may be formed thereafter.
  • Incidentally, it is preferred that the wiring pattern 22 be formed of a metal material that has oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance higher than those of the second metal plate and that surface treated layers (not shown in the figure) with high adhesion to the insulating layers 23, 25 be formed. When the material for the second metal plate is Cu, it is preferred that, for example, a Ni film, a laminated film of a Ni film and an Au film, or a laminated film of a Ni film, a Pd film, and an Au film be formed as each of the surface treated layers. The surface treated layers may be formed, for example, by a plating method.
  • Incidentally, depending on thermal capacity of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, when the abovementioned epoxy resin layer is cured by raising the heating temperature thereof to about 170° C., the ability of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and the wiring pattern 22 to be fixedly attached to each other can be degraded, and when the curing is performed at a heating temperature reduced to about 150° C., electric insulation between the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and the wiring pattern 22 can be degraded. Thus, there is a trade-off relationship between the attachment ability and electric insulation ability. Accordingly, in the present embodiment, as described hereinbelow, the epoxy resin layers 123 a, 133 a (see FIG. 51C and FIG. 52B) of the sheet-shaped adhesives 123, 133 (see FIG. 51B and FIG. 52A) are laminated, one epoxy resin layer 123 a is cured at 170° C., thereby ensuring electric insulation ability and thermal conductivity, and the other epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured at 150° C. to ensure the attachment ability and thermal conductivity. More specifically, after the one epoxy resin layer 123 a has been attached to the heat transfer plate 21, which is an object, at a temperature of 170° C., the other epoxy resin layer 133 a and the lead frame 120 may be laminated and this other epoxy resin layer 133 a may be cured at a temperature of 150° C. As a result, when the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is manufactured, the requirements relating to the attachment ability and electric insulation ability can be satisfied at the same time regardless of thermal capacity of the heat transfer plates 21, 24.
  • A method for joining together the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 is explained below in a simple manner with reference to FIG. 51 and FIG. 52.
  • First, the structure shown in FIG. 51A is obtained by forming the through holes 21 b in the heat transfer plate 21.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 51B, the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is laminated on the abovementioned other surface side of the heat transfer plate 21 so that the epoxy resin layer 123 a comes into contact with the heat transfer plate 21, and the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is tentatively attached to the heat transfer plate 21 by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with a round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 123 a. The sheet-shaped adhesive 123 is then cut to an appropriate length.
  • Then, the heat transfer plate 21 to which the sheet-shaped adhesive 123 has been tentatively attached is naturally cooled. The plastic film 123 b is then peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 123 a as shown in FIG. 51C.
  • Then, the heat transfer plate 21 to which the epoxy resin layer 123 a has been tentatively attached is loaded into a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) and the epoxy resin layer 123 a is heated and cured at a temperature (for example, 170° C.) that is equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby attaching the epoxy resin layer 123 a to the heat transfer plate 21.
  • Then, the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is laminated on the epoxy resin layer 123 a so that the epoxy resin layer 133 a comes into contact with the epoxy resin layer 123 a, and the sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is tentatively attached to the epoxy resin layer 123 a by applying a predetermined pressure (for example, 0.5 MPa) with the round columnar rubber roller 140 and heating to a first predetermined temperature (for example, 110° C. to 120° C.) that is lower than the curing temperature of the epoxy resin layer 133 a. The sheet-shaped adhesive 133 is then cut to an appropriate length.
  • In the laminated structure of the epoxy resin layer 123 a and the epoxy resin layer 133 a, through holes 134 are formed, for example, with the laser apparatus 150, as shown in FIG. 52A, in the regions corresponding to the through holes 23 b of the insulating layer 23. Means for forming the through holes 134 is not limited to the laser apparatus 150, and for example a drill or the like may be also used.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 52B, the plastic film 133 b is peeled off from the epoxy resin layer 133 a.
  • Then, as shown in FIG. 52C, the lead frame 120 is placed on the epoxy resin layer 133 a, an appropriate load is applied, and then the epoxy resin layer 133 a is cured inside a drying furnace (not shown in the figure) at a temperature (for example, 150° C.) equal to or higher than the abovementioned curing temperature, thereby fixedly attaching the lead frame 120 and the epoxy resin layer 133 a to each other. The insulating layer 23 is thus formed.
  • Then, the wiring pattern 22 is cut off from the support piece 122 of the lead frame 120 and the portions of the lead frame 120 other than the wiring pattern 22 are taken out as shown in FIG. 52D.
  • The mounting substrate 2 is then obtained by joining the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern 22 through the insulating layer 25, in the same manner as the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 are joined through the insulating layer 23.
  • In the manufacture of the two-side light emitting unit 1, the solid-state light-emitting elements 3 may be joined to the above-mentioned one surface side of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and then the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 of each solid-state light emitting element 3 may be electrically connected, through the wires 26, to the first pattern 22 a and the second pattern 22 b, respectively. Then, the sealing section 36 and the color conversion unit 37 may be provided, as necessary, on the abovementioned one surface side of each of the heat transfer plates 21, 24.
  • As described hereinabove, the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment comprises a pair of heat transfer plates 21, 24 formed of the first metal plate and disposed at a distance from each other in the thickness direction, the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on the aforementioned one surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates 21, 24, being on the side opposite to surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates that face each other, the wiring pattern 22 that is formed of the second metal plate, disposed between the two heat transfer plates 21 and 24 and electrically connected to the solid-state light emitting elements 3, and a pair of insulating layers 23, 25 interposed between the heat transfer plate 21 and the wiring pattern 22 and between the heat transfer plate 24 and the wiring pattern 22, respectively. As a result, in the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the heat generated by the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be transferred efficiently in the transverse direction by the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and radiated. Therefore, in the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the heat radiation ability can be increased, the increase in temperature of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 can be inhibited, and the light output can be increased.
  • Further, in the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, by configuring the solid-state light emitting elements 3 as LED chips, it is possible to transfer the heat generated by the LED chips in the transverse direction by the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and radiate the heat efficiently.
  • Further, in the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the first metal plates which serve as foundations of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 are aluminum plates, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plates is laminated on the sides of the aluminum plates opposite those of the insulating layers 23, 25, and reflection increasing films formed of dielectric films of two types that have different refractive indexes are laminated on the aluminum films. As a result, the light that has been radiated from the LED chips and has fallen on the abovementioned one surfaces of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 is reflected with good efficiency. In short, in the two-side light emitting unit 1, by using the plates having the function of a reflecting plate as the heat transfer plates 21, 24, it is possible to reduce the light loss in the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and increase the light output. In particular, when an LED chip is used as the solid-state light emitting element 3 in the two-side light emitting unit 1, the heat generated by the LED chip can be radiated with good efficiency, the light output can be increased and the utilization efficiency of the light emitted from the LED chip can be increased. Further, when the two-side light emitting unit 1 is provided with the color conversion unit 37 (see FIG. 49), the light emitted from the fluorescent material, which is the wavelength conversion material of the color conversion unit 37, to the heat transfer plates 21, 24 sides and the light emitted from the LED chip and scattered by the fluorescent material toward the heat transfer plates 21, 24 sides can be reflected and therefore the light utilization efficiency can be increased.
  • Further, since the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is provided with the heat transfer plates 21, 24 and the wiring pattern 22 formed using the lead frame 120, the cost can be reduced and the light output can be increased by comparison with those in the case in which the solid-state light emitting elements 3 are mounted on two metal base printed wiring boards.
  • Further, in the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the solid-state light emitting element 23 is an LED chip, the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are provided on one surface side in the thickness direction, the first electrode 31 and the second electrode 32 are electrically connected, through wires 26, to the wiring pattern 22, and the through holes 21 b, 24 b for inserting the wires 26 are formed in the heat transfer plates 21, 24. Therefore, the LED chips can be die bonded to the heat transfer plates 21, 24, the heat generated by the LED chips can be easily transferred in the transverse direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24, and the heat radiation ability can be increased.
  • Further, when LED chips are used as the solid-state light emitting elements 3, die bonding to the heat transfer plates 21, 24 may be performed by using a sub-mount member that relieves stresses acting upon the LED chips due to the difference in linear expansion coefficient between the solid-state light emitting elements 3 and the heat transfer plates 21, 24. In this case, it is preferred that the sub-mount member be used that is formed to a planar size larger than the chip size of the LED chip. When the LED chip is a GaN blue LED chip and the first metal plate is an aluminum plate, for example, AlN, SiC composite, Si, or CuW can be used as the material for the sub-mount member. Further, it is preferred that in the sub-mount member, a reflective film that reflects light emitted from the LED chip be formed around a jointing section of the LED chip and the sub-mount member (that is, a section that overlaps the LED chip) on the surface of the sub-mount member on the side where the LED chip is to be joined. When a chip in which electrodes are provided on both surfaces in the thickness direction is used as the LED chip, a conductive pattern that is electrically connected to the first electrodes 31 or second electrodes 32 disposed in the LED chips on the sub-mount member side may be provided at the sub-mount member and the conductive pattern may be electrically connected, through the wires 26, to the first pattern 22 a or the second pattern 22 b.
  • In the above-described two-side light emitting unit 1, the through holes 21 b are formed at both sides of the mounting region of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21. In other words, the solid state light emitting element 3 is mounted on the zone between two through holes 21 b arranged in a row in the width direction of the heat transfer palate 21, but such configuration is not limited. For example, as shown in FIG. 56, it is also possible to dispose the solid-state light emitting element 3 between two sets (of the through holes) arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate 21 from among the sets, each of which includes two through holes 21 b that are arranged in rows in the width direction of the heat transfer plate 21. The arrangement similar to that shown in FIG. 56 may be also used with respect to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 mounted on the heat transfer plate 24.
  • The two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment can be used as a light source for a variety of illuminating apparatuses. For example, an LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type, such as shown in FIG. 57, can be configured as an example of the illuminating apparatus provided with the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment. The Japan Electric Lamp Manufacturers Association issued a standard for “LED lamp systems of a straight tube type with L-shaped pin base GX16t-5 (for general illumination)” (JEL 801) with respect to typical LED lamps of a straight tube type, and the LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type shown in FIG. 57 conforms to the JEL 801 standard.
  • The LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type shown in FIG. 57, is provided with a straight tubular body 702 formed of a translucent material (for example, glass) and bases 703, 704 provided at one end and the other end of the tubular body 702 in the longitudinal direction, respectively. The above-described two-side light emitting unit 1 (see FIG. 46 etc.) is accommodated inside the tubular body 702.
  • The base 703 provided at one end of the tubular body 702 in the longitudinal direction is provided with two first lamp pins (terminals) 714 for supplying power to the two-side light emitting unit 1 located inside the tubular body 702 and also for holding at the first lamp socket, from among the first lamp socket and the second lamp socket of an illuminating apparatus. The base 704 at the other end of the tubular body 702 in the longitudinal direction is provided with one second lamp pin (terminal) 715 for grounding and holding in the second lamp socket.
  • The two first lamp pins 714 protrude from the end surface (first base reference surface) of the base 703 toward the side opposite to the tubular body 702. In this case, the first lamp pin 714 is electrically connected to the wiring pattern 22 of the two-side light emitting unit 1 accommodated inside the tubular body 702.
  • In each of the first lamp pins 714, a portion protruding from the end surface of the base 703 has a L-like shape and is constituted by a pin main body 714 a protruding along the longitudinal direction of the tubular body 702 and a key portion 714 b extending from the distal end portion of the pin main body 714 a in one diametrical direction of the tubular body 702. In this case, the two key portions 714 b protrude in the mutually opposite directions. The first lamp pin 714 is formed by bending a narrow conductive plate.
  • The second lamp pin 715 protrudes from the end surface (second base reference surface) of the base 704 toward the side opposite to the tubular body 702. In this case, in the second lamp pin 715, a portion protruding from the end surface of the base 704 has a T-like shape and is constituted by a pin main body 715 a protruding along the longitudinal direction of the tubular body 702 and a terminal portion 715 b that is provided at the distal end of the pin may body 715 a and has an elliptical shape in the front view thereof.
  • In the LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type of the present embodiment, the heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased by comparison with those of the conventional LED lamp of a straight tube type and the illuminating apparatus 600 shown in FIG. 66.
  • The illuminating apparatus provided with the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is not limited to the above-described LED lamp 700 of a straight tube type and may be, for example, an illuminating fixture provided with the fixture body accommodating the two-side light emitting unit 1. In the two-side light emitting unit 1 of this configuration, semicircular notches 21 c, 24 c are formed substantially equidistantly in the longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24 at both side edges in the width direction of the heat transfer plates 21, 24. Therefore, where the notches 21 c, 24 c in the heat transfer plates 21, 24 of the two-side light emitting unit 1 are formed as semicircles with a radius less than that of the round head sections of screws for attaching the two-side light emitting unit 1 to the fixture body, the two-side light emitting unit 1 can be held between the head sections of the screws and the fixture body. In such an illuminating apparatus, stresses applied to the solid-state light emitting elements 3 and joining sections 35 can be reduced.
  • By using the above-described two-side light emitting unit 1 in the illuminating apparatus of the above-described present embodiment, it is possible to increase the heat radiation ability and also increase the light output.
  • The arrangement of the two-side light emitting unit 1 in the illuminating apparatus is not particularly limited. For example, in the illuminating apparatus, a plurality of two-side light emitting units 1 may be disposed in row on a straight line. In this case, the wiring patterns 22 of the adjacent two-side light emitting units 1 may be electrically connected to each other by an electric cable (not shown in the figure) for extended connection or a connector (not shown in the figure). As a result, in the illuminating apparatus provided with a plurality of two-side light emitting units 1, power can be supplied from one power supply unit to a series circuit of the two-side light emitting units 1 and all of the solid-state light emitting elements 3 of each two-side light emitting unit 1 can be caused to emit light.
    • Embodiment 8
  • The two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is explained below with reference to FIG. 58. In the present embodiment, the two-side light emitting unit 1 constitutes a light emitting unit.
  • The basic configuration of the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is substantially identical to that of Embodiment 7, the difference therebetween being in the shape of the mounting substrate 2. The constituent elements same as those of Embodiment 7 are assigned with same reference numerals and the explanation thereof is herein omitted.
  • In the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, the heat transfer plates 21, 24 have an octagonal shape in the planar view thereof, and a plurality (12×6 in the example shown in the figure) of solid-state light emitting elements 3 are disposed in a two-dimensional array at the abovementioned one surface side of each of the transfer plates 21, 24. In this case, the shape of the transfer plates 21, 24 is not limited to the octagonal shape and may be another polygonal shape, or a round shape or an elliptical shape.
  • The wiring pattern 22 in the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment is also formed using a lead frame (not shown in the figure). Further, in the two-side light emitting unit 1, power can be supplied from a power supply unit by connecting electric cables 63, 63 (see FIG. 59), through soldering or the like, to the first terminal pattern 22 f and the second terminal pattern 22 g, respectively, of the wiring pattern 22.
  • In the two-side light emitting unit 1 of the present embodiment, similarly to the two-side light emitting unit 1 of Embodiment 7, heat radiation ability can be increased and the light output can be also increased.
  • The illuminating fixture 40 configured as shown in FIG. 59 is an example of the illuminating apparatus provided with the above-described two-side light emitting unit 1.
  • In the illuminating fixture 40 configured as shown in FIG. 59, the fixture body is constituted by a flat first cover member 50 provided with an accommodation recess 51 for accommodating the two-side light emitting unit 1 at one surface in the thickness direction and a second cover member 60 accommodated in the recess 51 of the first cover member 50 so as to cover the two-side light emitting unit 1. Spacers (not shown in the figure) are provided between the two-side light emitting unit 1 and the first cover member 50 and between the two-side light emitting unit 1 and the second cover member 60. A cut-out section 54 for inserting the electric cables 63, 63 for feeding power to the two-side light emitting unit 1 is formed in the first cover member 50. In this configuration, the electric cables 63, 63 are provided with a second connector 70, which is detachably connected to a first connector (not shown in the figure) for the output of a power supply unit (not shown in the figure) provided as separate placement, at the ends opposite those connected to the first terminal pattern 22 f and the second terminal pattern 22 g of the two-side light emitting unit 1.
  • For example, the first cover member 50 and the second cover member 60 may be formed entirely from a translucent material, or only a portion for taking out the light emitted from the two-side light emitting unit 1 may be formed of a translucent material. The shape and configuration of the illuminating fixture constituting the illuminating apparatus are not particularly limited. Furthermore, the illuminating apparatus is not limited to the illuminating fixture 40 and may be, for example, a display device.
  • By providing the above-described two-side light emitting unit 1 in the illuminating apparatus of the present embodiment that is explained hereinabove, it is possible to increase the heat radiation ability and also increase the light output.

Claims (17)

1-15. (canceled)
16. A light emitting unit comprising: a mounting substrate; and a plurality of solid-state light emitting elements disposed on one surface side of the mounting substrate,
wherein the mounting substrate is provided with a heat transfer plate which is formed of a first metal plate and in which the solid-state light emitting elements are mounted on one surface side of the heat transfer plate, a wiring pattern which is formed of a second metal plate and disposed on the other surface side of the heat transfer plate and to which the solid-state light emitting elements are electrically connected, and an insulating layer interposed between the heat transfer plate and the wiring pattern.
17. The light emitting unit according to claim 16, wherein the insulating layer includes a filler in a thermosetting resin, the filler having a thermal conductivity higher than that of the thermosetting resin.
18. The light emitting unit according to claim 16, wherein the solid-state light emitting elements are LED chips.
19. The light emitting unit according to claim 18, wherein in the heat transfer plate, the first metal plate is an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate is laminated on a side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the insulating layer, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that differ in refractive index is laminated on the aluminum film.
20. The light emitting unit according to claim 18, comprising a color conversion unit that includes a translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of the LED chip when excited by light emitted from the LED chip,
wherein the color conversion unit is in contact with the heat transfer plate.
21. The light emitting unit according to claim 18, wherein each of the LED chips is provided with a first electrode and a second electrode on one surface side of each of the LED chips in a thickness direction, the first electrode and the second electrode are electrically connected, through wires, to the wiring pattern, and the heat transfer plate is formed with through holes for passing the respective wires therethrough.
22. The light emitting unit according to claim 16, wherein the heat transfer plate has an elongated shape, the solid-state light emitting elements are arranged along a longitudinal direction of the heat transfer plate, and an elongated base substrate is provided that has a smaller difference in linear expansion coefficient with the first metal plate than with the second metal plate and is disposed on a side of the wiring pattern that is opposite to the heat transfer plate.
23. The light emitting unit according to claim 22, wherein the base substrate is formed of a resin substrate in which a filler is mixed with a resin, the filler having a thermal conductivity higher than that of the resin.
24. The light emitting unit according to claim 22, wherein the base substrate is formed of a third metal plate made of the same material as that of the first metal plate, and a second insulating layer made of the same material as that of a first insulating layer, which is the insulating layer, is interposed between the base substrate and the wiring pattern.
25. An illuminating apparatus comprising the light emitting unit according to claim 16.
26. A light emitting unit comprising: a pair of heat transfer plates formed of a first metal plate and disposed at a distance from each other in a thickness direction; solid-state light emitting elements mounted on one surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates, being on the side opposite to surface sides of the pair of heat transfer plates that face each other; a wiring pattern which is formed of a second metal plate and disposed between the pair of heat transfer plates and to which the solid-state light emitting elements are electrically connected; and a pair of insulating layers, each of which is interposed between the wiring pattern and each of the pair of heat transfer plates.
27. The light emitting unit according to claim 26, wherein the solid-state light emitting elements are LED chips.
28. The light emitting unit according to claim 27, wherein in each of the pair of heat transfer plates, the first metal plate is an aluminum plate, an aluminum film with a purity higher than that of the aluminum plate is laminated on a side of the aluminum plate that is opposite to the insulating layer, and a reflection increasing film formed of dielectric films of two types that differ in refractive index is laminated on the aluminum film.
29. The light emitting unit according to claim 27, further comprising a color conversion unit that includes a translucent material and a fluorescent material that emits light of a color different from an emission color of a corresponding LED chip of the LED chips when excited by light emitted from the corresponding LED chip of the LED chips,
wherein the color conversion unit is in contact with a corresponding heat transfer plate of the pair of heat transfer plates.
30. The light emitting unit according to claim 27, wherein each of the LED chips is provided with a first electrode and a second electrode on one surface side of each of the LED chips in a thickness direction, the first electrode and the second electrode are electrically connected, through wires, to the wiring pattern, and each of the pair of heat transfer plates is formed with through holes for passing the respective wires therethrough.
31. An illuminating apparatus comprising the light emitting unit according to claim 26.
US13/641,483 2010-04-26 2011-04-26 Lead frame, wiring board, light emitting unit, and illuminating apparatus Expired - Fee Related US8967827B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010101182 2010-04-26
JP2010-101182 2010-04-26
JP2010-125097 2010-05-31
JP2010125097A JP2011249737A (en) 2010-04-26 2010-05-31 Lead frame, wiring board, and led unit using the same
JP2011-072774 2011-03-29
JP2011-072772 2011-03-29
JP2011072772A JP5011441B1 (en) 2011-03-29 2011-03-29 Light emitting unit and lighting device
JP2011072773A JP5011442B1 (en) 2011-03-29 2011-03-29 Light emitting unit and lighting device
JP2011072774A JP2012209366A (en) 2011-03-29 2011-03-29 Double sided light emitting unit and lighting device
JP2011-072773 2011-03-29
PCT/JP2011/060193 WO2011136236A1 (en) 2010-04-26 2011-04-26 Leadframe, wiring board, light emitting unit, and illuminating apparatus

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20130070452A1 true US20130070452A1 (en) 2013-03-21
US8967827B2 US8967827B2 (en) 2015-03-03

Family

ID=47629989

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/641,483 Expired - Fee Related US8967827B2 (en) 2010-04-26 2011-04-26 Lead frame, wiring board, light emitting unit, and illuminating apparatus

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US8967827B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2565951B1 (en)
KR (1) KR101495580B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102893418B (en)
WO (1) WO2011136236A1 (en)

Cited By (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130039065A1 (en) * 2011-07-25 2013-02-14 Kyocera Connector Products Corporation Semiconductor light-emitting element mounting module, semiconductor light-emitting element module, manufacturing method of semiconductor light-emitting element mounting module, and manufacturing method of semiconductor light-emitting element module
US20130163249A1 (en) * 2010-09-07 2013-06-27 Ccs Inc. Led wiring board and light irradiation apparatus
US20130292811A1 (en) * 2012-05-02 2013-11-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Leadframe having selective planishing
US20140091337A1 (en) * 2012-05-23 2014-04-03 Nitto Denko Corporation Light-emitting device, light-emitting device assembly, and electrode-bearing substrate
US20140252574A1 (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-11 Nichia Corporation Lead frame and semiconductor device
US20140313713A1 (en) * 2013-04-19 2014-10-23 Cree, Inc. Led assembly
US20140346536A1 (en) * 2011-10-11 2014-11-27 Panasonic Corporation Light-emitting device and lighting apparatus using the same
US20150048390A1 (en) * 2012-02-02 2015-02-19 Citizen Electronics Co., Ltd. Semiconductor light emitting device and fabrication method for same
US20150241002A1 (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-08-27 Dongguan Meisheng Electrical Products, Co., Ltd. Strong light light-emitting diode (led) light source module and production process thereof
US9341355B2 (en) 2008-03-06 2016-05-17 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Layered structure for use with high power light emitting diode systems
US9357639B2 (en) 2008-03-18 2016-05-31 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Circuit board having a plated through hole through a conductive pad
US20160172563A1 (en) * 2010-04-30 2016-06-16 Rohm Co., Ltd. Led module
US9453625B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2016-09-27 Mag Instrument, Inc LED flashlight with improved heat sink and battery protection
US9494285B2 (en) 2013-01-13 2016-11-15 Mag Instrument, Inc Lighting devices
DE102015107657A1 (en) * 2015-05-15 2016-12-01 Alanod Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing a connection carrier, connection carrier and optoelectronic semiconductor component with a connection carrier
US20170092827A1 (en) * 2015-09-24 2017-03-30 Nichia Corporation Light emitting device and wiring board
US20170194543A1 (en) * 2011-02-16 2017-07-06 Rohm Co., Ltd. Led module
US9736946B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2017-08-15 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Flexible circuit board interconnection and methods
US20180034115A1 (en) * 2016-07-29 2018-02-01 Tyco Electronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. Temperature measuring assembly, electrical device assembly, battery pack connecting assembly and battery pack
US20180375004A1 (en) * 2017-06-27 2018-12-27 Nichia Corporation Light emitting device and lead frame with resin
US10249804B2 (en) 2016-07-19 2019-04-02 Nichia Corporation Semiconductor device, base, and method for manufacturing same
US10260683B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2019-04-16 Cree, Inc. Solid-state lamp with LED filaments having different CCT's
US10334735B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2019-06-25 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. LED lighting systems and methods
US20190302853A1 (en) * 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 Sara Stewart Memory aid
CN110431664A (en) * 2017-03-21 2019-11-08 亮锐控股有限公司 LED element is mounted on flat carrier
DE102018124471B3 (en) * 2018-10-04 2019-12-05 Ledvance Gmbh Method for producing a leadframe for a tube lamp, leadframe and tube lamp
US10541234B2 (en) 2016-09-20 2020-01-21 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Optical semiconductor module and method of manufacturing the same
US10566513B1 (en) * 2018-09-17 2020-02-18 Chieh-Chen Tseng LED circuit structure
CN111010761A (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-14 Rab照明设备公司 Apparatus and method for assembling a lighting device
TWI694556B (en) * 2016-02-01 2020-05-21 日月光半導體製造股份有限公司 Semiconductor package device
US10849200B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-11-24 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Solid state lighting circuit with current bias and method of controlling thereof
US10914438B2 (en) * 2015-10-26 2021-02-09 Jeremy P. Hoffman LED light linear strip, mounting structure and clip assembly
US11220212B2 (en) * 2017-11-08 2022-01-11 HELLA GmbH & Co. KGaA Circuit assembly of a lighting unit of a headlight for a vehicle
US11266014B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2022-03-01 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. LED lighting systems and method
CN114286513A (en) * 2021-11-30 2022-04-05 通元科技(惠州)有限公司 Asymmetric prestress relieving type LED backboard and manufacturing method thereof
US11729915B1 (en) * 2022-03-22 2023-08-15 Tactotek Oy Method for manufacturing a number of electrical nodes, electrical node module, electrical node, and multilayer structure

Families Citing this family (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102011003608A1 (en) * 2010-08-20 2012-02-23 Tridonic Gmbh & Co. Kg Housed LED module
JP5049382B2 (en) * 2010-12-21 2012-10-17 パナソニック株式会社 LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE AND LIGHTING DEVICE USING THE SAME
KR101869554B1 (en) * 2011-08-19 2018-06-21 엘지이노텍 주식회사 Display device
JP5954657B2 (en) * 2012-06-21 2016-07-20 パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社 Mounting substrate, manufacturing method thereof, and LED module
JP5938623B2 (en) * 2012-06-21 2016-06-22 パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社 Mounting substrate, manufacturing method thereof, and LED module
JP6007249B2 (en) * 2012-07-19 2016-10-12 シャープ株式会社 Column light emitting device and method for manufacturing the same
EP2888517A1 (en) * 2012-08-22 2015-07-01 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Led lighting systems and methods
JP6209874B2 (en) * 2012-08-31 2017-10-11 日亜化学工業株式会社 Light emitting device and manufacturing method thereof
KR102085888B1 (en) 2013-05-08 2020-03-06 엘지이노텍 주식회사 Light emitting device
TW201500774A (en) * 2013-06-25 2015-01-01 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd Lens and method for manufacturing the same
TWI589964B (en) * 2013-12-26 2017-07-01 鴻海精密工業股份有限公司 Light emitting device and backlight module
CH709337B1 (en) * 2014-03-04 2016-12-30 Robert Alderton An LED lighting unit and method of manufacturing such a unit.
CN103968347A (en) * 2014-04-04 2014-08-06 厦门市东林电子有限公司 Metal heat dissipating support of LED lamp, LED light source plate and integration heat dissipating type LED lamp
KR102273875B1 (en) * 2014-08-01 2021-07-05 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Led array for backlight unit and method of fabricating the same
JP6372257B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2018-08-15 東芝ライテック株式会社 LIGHT EMITTING MODULE FOR VEHICLE, LIGHTING DEVICE FOR VEHICLE, AND VEHICLE LIGHT
JP6728676B2 (en) * 2015-12-26 2020-07-22 日亜化学工業株式会社 Light emitting device
US20170328544A1 (en) * 2016-05-16 2017-11-16 GE Lighting Solutions, LLC Snap-in assembling of led boards in luminaires
TW201901894A (en) * 2017-05-18 2019-01-01 復盛精密工業股份有限公司 Method for manufacturing lead frame with line and structure thereof
JP6958274B2 (en) * 2017-11-16 2021-11-02 富士電機株式会社 Power semiconductor devices
CN110020578A (en) 2018-01-10 2019-07-16 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Image processing method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment
US20190267525A1 (en) 2018-02-26 2019-08-29 Semicon Light Co., Ltd. Semiconductor Light Emitting Devices And Method Of Manufacturing The Same
CN110504244A (en) * 2018-05-18 2019-11-26 深圳市聚飞光电股份有限公司 LED and light emitting device
JP7197765B2 (en) * 2018-08-03 2022-12-28 日亜化学工業株式会社 light emitting device
TWI688308B (en) * 2018-10-12 2020-03-11 聯嘉光電股份有限公司 Uniformly emitting linear led light source component and method thereof
USD933881S1 (en) 2020-03-16 2021-10-19 Hgci, Inc. Light fixture having heat sink
US11032976B1 (en) 2020-03-16 2021-06-15 Hgci, Inc. Light fixture for indoor grow application and components thereof
USD933872S1 (en) 2020-03-16 2021-10-19 Hgci, Inc. Light fixture
CN116772131A (en) * 2023-06-26 2023-09-19 惠科股份有限公司 Lamp panel, manufacturing method of lamp panel and display device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050207165A1 (en) * 2001-08-09 2005-09-22 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. LED illumination apparatus and card-type LED illumination source
US20080123056A1 (en) * 2006-11-27 2008-05-29 Seiko Epson Corporation Lighting device and projector
US20080128739A1 (en) * 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corporation Illumination device with semiconductor light-emitting elements
US20080198552A1 (en) * 2007-02-15 2008-08-21 Samsung Electro-Mechanics Co., Ltd. Package board and method for manufacturing thereof
US20080273327A1 (en) * 2007-05-04 2008-11-06 Ruud Lighting, Inc. Safety Accommodation Arrangement in LED Package/Secondary Lens Structure
US20090296413A1 (en) * 2008-05-26 2009-12-03 Rohm Co., Ltd. Lamp and method of making the same

Family Cites Families (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5660461A (en) 1994-12-08 1997-08-26 Quantum Devices, Inc. Arrays of optoelectronic devices and method of making same
JP3627478B2 (en) 1997-11-25 2005-03-09 松下電工株式会社 Light source device
JP4190095B2 (en) 1999-07-29 2008-12-03 三洋電機株式会社 Hybrid integrated circuit device
JP2001068742A (en) 1999-08-25 2001-03-16 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Hybrid integrated circuit device
US6548832B1 (en) 1999-06-09 2003-04-15 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Hybrid integrated circuit device
JP4412787B2 (en) 1999-06-09 2010-02-10 三洋電機株式会社 Irradiation device and irradiation module using metal substrate
US6489637B1 (en) 1999-06-09 2002-12-03 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Hybrid integrated circuit device
JP2000353826A (en) * 1999-06-09 2000-12-19 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Hybrid integrated circuit device and light irradiating device
JP3696020B2 (en) * 2000-01-20 2005-09-14 三洋電機株式会社 Hybrid integrated circuit device
JP2006147999A (en) 2004-11-24 2006-06-08 Kyocera Corp Wiring board for light emitting device, and light emitting equipment
WO2005106973A1 (en) 2004-04-27 2005-11-10 Kyocera Corporation Wiring board for light emitting element
JP2006066631A (en) 2004-08-26 2006-03-09 Kyocera Corp Wiring board, electric device, and light emitting device
JP2006093470A (en) 2004-09-24 2006-04-06 Toshiba Corp Lead frame, light-emitting device, and manufacturing method thereof
KR100631901B1 (en) * 2005-01-31 2006-10-11 삼성전기주식회사 LED package frame and LED package employing the same
KR100610650B1 (en) 2005-06-17 2006-08-09 (주) 파이오닉스 Light emitting diode package and manufacturing method thereof
JP4810913B2 (en) 2005-07-26 2011-11-09 パナソニック電工株式会社 Light source device and lighting apparatus using the same
JP2007258619A (en) 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Ngk Spark Plug Co Ltd Light-emitting element housing package
US8779444B2 (en) * 2006-11-03 2014-07-15 Relume Technologies, Inc. LED light engine with applied foil construction
WO2008078791A1 (en) 2006-12-27 2008-07-03 Showa Denko K.K. Method of producing light emission device
JP4888280B2 (en) 2007-08-28 2012-02-29 パナソニック電工株式会社 Light emitting device
JP5538671B2 (en) 2007-09-19 2014-07-02 シャープ株式会社 Light emitting device and LED lamp
JP2009105379A (en) 2007-10-05 2009-05-14 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Light-emitting device
JP5149601B2 (en) * 2007-11-27 2013-02-20 パナソニック株式会社 Light emitting device
JP2009130300A (en) 2007-11-27 2009-06-11 Panasonic Electric Works Co Ltd Method of manufacturing light-emitting device
TW200923262A (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-01 Tysun Inc High heat dissipation optic module for light emitting diode and its manufacturing method
CN102751272B (en) 2008-03-26 2016-04-20 岛根县 Semiconductor luminous assembly and manufacture method thereof
JP4627088B2 (en) 2008-04-22 2011-02-09 明和ベンディクス株式会社 Illumination device incorporating LED light emitter

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050207165A1 (en) * 2001-08-09 2005-09-22 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. LED illumination apparatus and card-type LED illumination source
US20080123056A1 (en) * 2006-11-27 2008-05-29 Seiko Epson Corporation Lighting device and projector
US20080128739A1 (en) * 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corporation Illumination device with semiconductor light-emitting elements
US7690817B2 (en) * 2006-11-30 2010-04-06 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corporation Illumination device with semiconductor light-emitting elements
US20080198552A1 (en) * 2007-02-15 2008-08-21 Samsung Electro-Mechanics Co., Ltd. Package board and method for manufacturing thereof
US7903410B2 (en) * 2007-02-15 2011-03-08 Samsung Electro-Mechanics Co., Ltd. Package board and method for manufacturing thereof
US20080273327A1 (en) * 2007-05-04 2008-11-06 Ruud Lighting, Inc. Safety Accommodation Arrangement in LED Package/Secondary Lens Structure
US20090296413A1 (en) * 2008-05-26 2009-12-03 Rohm Co., Ltd. Lamp and method of making the same

Cited By (57)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10499511B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2019-12-03 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Flexible circuit board interconnection and methods
US10334735B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2019-06-25 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. LED lighting systems and methods
US11266014B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2022-03-01 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. LED lighting systems and method
US9736946B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2017-08-15 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Flexible circuit board interconnection and methods
US11690172B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2023-06-27 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. LED lighting systems and methods
US11304308B2 (en) 2008-02-14 2022-04-12 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Flexible circuit board interconnection and methods
US9341355B2 (en) 2008-03-06 2016-05-17 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Layered structure for use with high power light emitting diode systems
US9357639B2 (en) 2008-03-18 2016-05-31 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Circuit board having a plated through hole through a conductive pad
US20160172563A1 (en) * 2010-04-30 2016-06-16 Rohm Co., Ltd. Led module
US20130163249A1 (en) * 2010-09-07 2013-06-27 Ccs Inc. Led wiring board and light irradiation apparatus
US10103304B2 (en) * 2011-02-16 2018-10-16 Rohm Co., Ltd. LED module
US20170194543A1 (en) * 2011-02-16 2017-07-06 Rohm Co., Ltd. Led module
US20130039065A1 (en) * 2011-07-25 2013-02-14 Kyocera Connector Products Corporation Semiconductor light-emitting element mounting module, semiconductor light-emitting element module, manufacturing method of semiconductor light-emitting element mounting module, and manufacturing method of semiconductor light-emitting element module
US9070831B2 (en) * 2011-10-11 2015-06-30 Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. Light-emitting device each having variable distances between pairs of electrode pads with respect to Zener diodes and lighting apparatus using the same
US20140346536A1 (en) * 2011-10-11 2014-11-27 Panasonic Corporation Light-emitting device and lighting apparatus using the same
US9391050B2 (en) * 2012-02-02 2016-07-12 Citizen Holdings Co., Ltd. Semiconductor light emitting device and fabrication method for same
US20150048390A1 (en) * 2012-02-02 2015-02-19 Citizen Electronics Co., Ltd. Semiconductor light emitting device and fabrication method for same
US20130292811A1 (en) * 2012-05-02 2013-11-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Leadframe having selective planishing
US8587099B1 (en) * 2012-05-02 2013-11-19 Texas Instruments Incorporated Leadframe having selective planishing
US10438816B2 (en) 2012-05-02 2019-10-08 Texas Instruments Incorporated Selective planishing method for making a semiconductor device
US9972506B2 (en) * 2012-05-02 2018-05-15 Texas Instruments Incorporated Selective planishing method for making a semiconductor device
US9006038B2 (en) * 2012-05-02 2015-04-14 Texas Instruments Incorporated Selective leadframe planishing
US8963300B2 (en) 2012-05-02 2015-02-24 Texas Instruments Incorporation Semiconductor device with selective planished leadframe
US20150221526A1 (en) * 2012-05-02 2015-08-06 Texas Instruments Incorporated Selective planishing method for making a semiconductor device
US20140091337A1 (en) * 2012-05-23 2014-04-03 Nitto Denko Corporation Light-emitting device, light-emitting device assembly, and electrode-bearing substrate
US9494285B2 (en) 2013-01-13 2016-11-15 Mag Instrument, Inc Lighting devices
US9887335B2 (en) 2013-03-05 2018-02-06 Nichia Corporation Light emitting device including a resin package having a cavity
US10096758B2 (en) * 2013-03-05 2018-10-09 Nichia Corporation Lead frame including a plurality of units connected together and semiconductor device including the lead frame
US9748164B2 (en) * 2013-03-05 2017-08-29 Nichia Corporation Semiconductor device
US20140252574A1 (en) * 2013-03-05 2014-09-11 Nichia Corporation Lead frame and semiconductor device
US10094523B2 (en) * 2013-04-19 2018-10-09 Cree, Inc. LED assembly
US20140313713A1 (en) * 2013-04-19 2014-10-23 Cree, Inc. Led assembly
US20150241002A1 (en) * 2014-02-21 2015-08-27 Dongguan Meisheng Electrical Products, Co., Ltd. Strong light light-emitting diode (led) light source module and production process thereof
US9453625B2 (en) 2014-12-22 2016-09-27 Mag Instrument, Inc LED flashlight with improved heat sink and battery protection
US9494308B1 (en) 2014-12-22 2016-11-15 Mag Instrument, Inc. LED flashlight with improved heatsink
DE102015107657A1 (en) * 2015-05-15 2016-12-01 Alanod Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing a connection carrier, connection carrier and optoelectronic semiconductor component with a connection carrier
US10468569B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2019-11-05 Osram Opto Semiconductor Gmbh Method of producing a connection support, connection support and optoelectronic semiconductor component comprising a connection support
US20170092827A1 (en) * 2015-09-24 2017-03-30 Nichia Corporation Light emitting device and wiring board
US10008651B2 (en) * 2015-09-24 2018-06-26 Nichia Corporation Light emitting device and wiring board thereof
US10914438B2 (en) * 2015-10-26 2021-02-09 Jeremy P. Hoffman LED light linear strip, mounting structure and clip assembly
TWI694556B (en) * 2016-02-01 2020-05-21 日月光半導體製造股份有限公司 Semiconductor package device
US10249804B2 (en) 2016-07-19 2019-04-02 Nichia Corporation Semiconductor device, base, and method for manufacturing same
US20180034115A1 (en) * 2016-07-29 2018-02-01 Tyco Electronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. Temperature measuring assembly, electrical device assembly, battery pack connecting assembly and battery pack
US10541234B2 (en) 2016-09-20 2020-01-21 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Optical semiconductor module and method of manufacturing the same
CN110431664A (en) * 2017-03-21 2019-11-08 亮锐控股有限公司 LED element is mounted on flat carrier
US10260683B2 (en) 2017-05-10 2019-04-16 Cree, Inc. Solid-state lamp with LED filaments having different CCT's
US10847693B2 (en) * 2017-06-27 2020-11-24 Nichia Corporation Light emitting device and lead frame with resin
US20180375004A1 (en) * 2017-06-27 2018-12-27 Nichia Corporation Light emitting device and lead frame with resin
US11220212B2 (en) * 2017-11-08 2022-01-11 HELLA GmbH & Co. KGaA Circuit assembly of a lighting unit of a headlight for a vehicle
US20190302853A1 (en) * 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 Sara Stewart Memory aid
US10775851B2 (en) * 2018-03-30 2020-09-15 Sara Stewart Memory aid
US10566513B1 (en) * 2018-09-17 2020-02-18 Chieh-Chen Tseng LED circuit structure
US10849200B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-11-24 Metrospec Technology, L.L.C. Solid state lighting circuit with current bias and method of controlling thereof
DE102018124471B3 (en) * 2018-10-04 2019-12-05 Ledvance Gmbh Method for producing a leadframe for a tube lamp, leadframe and tube lamp
CN111010761A (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-14 Rab照明设备公司 Apparatus and method for assembling a lighting device
CN114286513A (en) * 2021-11-30 2022-04-05 通元科技(惠州)有限公司 Asymmetric prestress relieving type LED backboard and manufacturing method thereof
US11729915B1 (en) * 2022-03-22 2023-08-15 Tactotek Oy Method for manufacturing a number of electrical nodes, electrical node module, electrical node, and multilayer structure

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101495580B1 (en) 2015-02-25
CN102893418A (en) 2013-01-23
US8967827B2 (en) 2015-03-03
CN102893418B (en) 2015-07-22
EP2565951B1 (en) 2019-07-31
EP2565951A4 (en) 2017-05-03
KR20120123601A (en) 2012-11-08
WO2011136236A1 (en) 2011-11-03
EP2565951A1 (en) 2013-03-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8967827B2 (en) Lead frame, wiring board, light emitting unit, and illuminating apparatus
KR100983836B1 (en) Led lighting fixture
EP2469613B1 (en) Light emitting device and illumination apparatus using the same
KR101182742B1 (en) Semiconductor light emitting module and method for manufacturing the same
US8698171B2 (en) Solid state lighting component
KR100768539B1 (en) Semiconductor radiation emitter package
US8445928B2 (en) Light-emitting diode light source module
US8592830B2 (en) LED unit
US20050045903A1 (en) Surface-mounted light-emitting diode and method
JP4981600B2 (en) lighting equipment
JP2011249737A (en) Lead frame, wiring board, and led unit using the same
EP2478750B1 (en) Light-source module and light-emitting device
US20130250562A1 (en) Wiring board device, luminaire, and manufacturing method of the wiring board device
US20120256205A1 (en) Led lighting module with uniform light output
US9583467B2 (en) Optoelectronic semiconductor component and method for producing said component
US9728695B2 (en) Mount substrate and LED module with the same
JP5954657B2 (en) Mounting substrate, manufacturing method thereof, and LED module
JP2013093409A (en) Lead frame, wiring board and led unit using the same
KR20110070520A (en) Light emitting device package and method of manufacturign the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: PANASONIC CORPORATION, JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:URANO, YOJI;YOKOTANI, RYOJI;KUZUHARA, IKKO;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20121002 TO 20121005;REEL/FRAME:029759/0373

AS Assignment

Owner name: PANASONIC INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CO., LTD., JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:PANASONIC CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:034194/0143

Effective date: 20141110

Owner name: PANASONIC INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CO., LT

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:PANASONIC CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:034194/0143

Effective date: 20141110

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: MAINTENANCE FEE REMINDER MAILED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: REM.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

LAPS Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED FOR FAILURE TO PAY MAINTENANCE FEES (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: EXP.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

STCH Information on status: patent discontinuation

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362

FP Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee

Effective date: 20190303

AS Assignment

Owner name: PANASONIC INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT CO., LTD., JAPAN

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE ERRONEOUSLY FILED APPLICATION NUMBERS 13/384239, 13/498734, 14/116681 AND 14/301144 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED ON REEL 034194 FRAME 0143. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNOR:PANASONIC CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:056788/0362

Effective date: 20141110